M PIC16F7X Data Sheet 28/40-pin, 8-bit CMOS FLASH Microcontrollers 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B Note the following details of the code protection feature on PICmicro® MCUs. • • • • • • The PICmicro family meets the specifications contained in the Microchip Data Sheet. Microchip believes that its family of PICmicro microcontrollers is one of the most secure products of its kind on the market today, when used in the intended manner and under normal conditions. There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our knowledge, require using the PICmicro microcontroller in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in the data sheet. The person doing so may be engaged in theft of intellectual property. Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code. Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable”. Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our product. If you have any further questions about this matter, please contact the local sales office nearest to you. Information contained in this publication regarding device applications and the like is intended through suggestion only and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to ensure that your application meets with your specifications. No representation or warranty is given and no liability is assumed by Microchip Technology Incorporated with respect to the accuracy or use of such information, or infringement of patents or other intellectual property rights arising from such use or otherwise. Use of Microchip’s products as critical components in life support systems is not authorized except with express written approval by Microchip. No licenses are conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any intellectual property rights. Trademarks The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, FilterLab, KEELOQ, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICMASTER, PICSTART, PRO MATE, SEEVAL and The Embedded Control Solutions Company are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. dsPIC, ECONOMONITOR, FanSense, FlexROM, fuzzyLAB, In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP, ICEPIC, microID, microPort, Migratable Memory, MPASM, MPLIB, MPLINK, MPSIM, MXDEV, PICC, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, rfPIC, Select Mode and Total Endurance are trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. Serialized Quick Term Programming (SQTP) is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their respective companies. © 2002, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the U.S.A., All Rights Reserved. Printed on recycled paper. Microchip received QS-9000 quality system certification for its worldwide headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and Tempe, Arizona in July 1999. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures are QS-9000 compliant for its PICmicro® 8-bit MCUs, KEELOQ® code hopping devices, Serial EEPROMs and microperipheral products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001 certified. DS30325B - page ii 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. M PIC16F7X 28/40-Pin 8-Bit CMOS FLASH Microcontrollers Devices Included in this Data Sheet: Peripheral Features: • High performance RISC CPU • Only 35 single word instructions to learn • All single cycle instructions except for program branches which are two-cycle • Operating speed: DC - 20 MHz clock input DC - 200 ns instruction cycle • Up to 8K x 14 words of FLASH Program Memory, Up to 368 x 8 bytes of Data Memory (RAM) • Pinout compatible to the PIC16C73B/74B/76/77 • Pinout compatible to the PIC16F873/874/876/877 • Interrupt capability (up to 12 sources) • Eight level deep hardware stack • Direct, Indirect and Relative Addressing modes • Processor read access to program memory • Timer0: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit prescaler • Timer1: 16-bit timer/counter with prescaler, can be incremented during SLEEP via external crystal/clock • Timer2: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register, prescaler and postscaler • Two Capture, Compare, PWM modules - Capture is 16-bit, max. resolution is 12.5 ns - Compare is 16-bit, max. resolution is 200 ns - PWM max. resolution is 10-bit • 8-bit, up to 8-channel Analog-to-Digital converter • Synchronous Serial Port (SSP) with SPI (Master mode) and I2C (Slave) • Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART/SCI) • Parallel Slave Port (PSP), 8-bits wide with external RD, WR and CS controls (40/44-pin only) • Brown-out detection circuitry for Brown-out Reset (BOR) Special Microcontroller Features: CMOS Technology: • Power-on Reset (POR) • Power-up Timer (PWRT) and Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) • Watchdog Timer (WDT) with its own on-chip RC oscillator for reliable operation • Programmable code protection • Power saving SLEEP mode • Selectable oscillator options • In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP) via two pins • • • • • • • PIC16F73 • PIC16F74 • PIC16F76 • PIC16F77 High Performance RISC CPU: Device Program Memory Data (# Single Word SRAM Instructions) (Bytes) Low power, high speed CMOS FLASH technology Fully static design Wide operating voltage range: 2.0V to 5.5V High Sink/Source Current: 25 mA Industrial temperature range Low power consumption: - < 2 mA typical @ 5V, 4 MHz - 20 µA typical @ 3V, 32 kHz - < 1 µA typical standby current SSP I/O Interrupts 8-bit A/D (ch) CCP (PWM) SPI (Master) I2C (Slave) USART Timers 8/16-bit PIC16F73 4096 192 22 11 5 2 Yes Yes Yes 2/1 PIC16F74 4096 192 33 12 8 2 Yes Yes Yes 2/1 PIC16F76 8192 368 22 11 5 2 Yes Yes Yes 2/1 PIC16F77 8192 368 33 12 8 2 Yes Yes Yes 2/1 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 1 PIC16F7X Pin Diagrams DIP, SOIC, SSOP 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 RB7/PGD RB6/PGC RB5 RB4 RB3/PGM RB2 RB1 RB0/INT VDD VSS RC7/RX/DT RC6/TX/CK RC5/SDO RC4/SDI/SDA RA1/AN1 RA0/AN0 MCLR/VPP RB7/PGD RB6/PGC RB5 RB4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 PIC16F76/73 MCLR/VPP RA0/AN0 RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2 RA3/AN3/VREF RA4/T0CKI RA5/AN4/SS VSS OSC1/CLKIN OSC2/CLKOUT RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 RC2/CCP1 RC3/SCK/SCL MLF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 PIC16F73 19 18 PIC16F76 17 16 15 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 RB3/PGM RB2 RB1 RB0/INT VDD VSS RC7/RX/DT RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 RC2/CCP1 RC3/SCK/SCL RC4/SDI/SDA RC5/SDO RC6/TX/CK RA2/AN2 RA3/AN3/VREF RA4/T0CKI RA5/AN4/SS VSS OSC1/CLKI OSC2/CLKO MCLR/VPP RA0/AN0 RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2 RA3/AN3/VREF RA4/T0CKI RA5/AN4/SS RE0/RD/AN5 RE1/WR/AN6 RE2/CS/AN7 VDD VSS OSC1/CLKIN OSC2/CLKOUT RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 RC2/CCP1 RC3/SCK/SCL RD0/PSP0 RD1/PSP1 DS30325B-page 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 PIC16F77/74 PDIP 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 RB7/PGD RB6/PGC RB5 RB4 RB3/PGM RB2 RB1 RB0/INT VDD VSS RD7/PSP7 RD6/PSP6 RD5/PSP5 RD4/PSP4 RC7/RX/DT RC6/TX/CK RC5/SDO RC4/SDI/SDA RD3/PSP3 RD2/PSP2 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X Pin Diagrams (Continued) PIC16F77 PIC16F74 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 9 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 282 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 RB3/PGM RB2 RB1 RB0/INT VDD VSS RD7/PSP7 RD6/PSP6 RD5/PSP5 RD4/PSP4 RC7/RX/DT RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 RC2/CCP1 RC3/SCK/SCL RD0/PSP0 RD1/PSP1 RD2/PSP2 RD3/PSP3 RC4/SDI/SDA RC5/SDO RC6/TX/CK NC RA4/T0CKI RA5/AN4/SS RE0/RD/AN5 RE1/WR/AN6 RE2/CS/AN7 VDD VSS OSC1/CLKIN OSC2/CLKOUT RC0/T1OSO/T1CK1 NC 6 5 4 3 2 1 44 43 42 41 40 RA3/AN3/VREF RA2/AN2 RA1/AN1 RA0/AN0 MCLR/VPP NC RB7/PGD RB6/PGC RB5 RB4 NC PLCC 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 RC6/TX/CK RC5/SDO RC4/SDI/SDA RD3/PSP3 RD2/PSP2 RD1/PSP1 RD0/PSP0 RC3/SCK/SCL RC2/CCP1 RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 NC QFP PIC16F77 PIC16F74 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 NC RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI OSC2/CLKOUT OSC1/CLKIN VSS VDD RE2/AN7/CS RE1/AN6/WR RE0/AN5/RD RA5/AN4/SS RA4/T0CKI NC NC RB4 RB5 RB6/PGC RB7/PGD MCLR/VPP RA0/AN0 RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2 RA3/AN3/VREF RC7/RX/DT RD4/PSP4 RD5/PSP5 RD6/PSP6 RD7/PSP7 VSS VDD RB0/INT RB1 RB2 RB3/PGM 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 3 PIC16F7X Table of Contents 1.0 Device Overview ......................................................................................................................................................................... 5 2.0 Memory Organization................................................................................................................................................................ 13 3.0 Reading Program Memory........................................................................................................................................................ 29 4.0 I/O Ports.................................................................................................................................................................................... 31 5.0 Timer0 Module .......................................................................................................................................................................... 43 6.0 Timer1 Module .......................................................................................................................................................................... 47 7.0 Timer2 Module .......................................................................................................................................................................... 51 8.0 Capture/Compare/PWM Modules ............................................................................................................................................. 53 9.0 Synchronous Serial Port (SSP) Module.................................................................................................................................... 59 10.0 Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART) ................................................................................... 69 11.0 Analog-to-Digital Converter (A/D) Module ................................................................................................................................ 83 12.0 Special Features of the CPU .................................................................................................................................................... 89 13.0 Instruction Set Summary......................................................................................................................................................... 105 14.0 Development Support ............................................................................................................................................................. 113 15.0 Electrical Characteristics......................................................................................................................................................... 119 16.0 DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Tables ..................................................................................................................... 141 17.0 Packaging Information ............................................................................................................................................................ 151 Appendix A: Revision History ........................................................................................................................................................ 161 Appendix B: Device Differences .................................................................................................................................................... 161 Appendix C: Conversion Considerations ....................................................................................................................................... 162 Index ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 163 On-Line Support................................................................................................................................................................................ 169 Reader Response ............................................................................................................................................................................. 170 PIC16F7X Product Identification System .......................................................................................................................................... 171 TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced. If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via E-mail at [email protected] or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We welcome your feedback. Most Current Data Sheet To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at: http://www.microchip.com You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page. The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000). Errata An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision of silicon and revision of document to which it applies. To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following: • Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com • Your local Microchip sales office (see last page) • The Microchip Corporate Literature Center; U.S. FAX: (480) 792-7277 When contacting a sales office or the literature center, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are using. Customer Notification System Register on our web site at www.microchip.com/cn to receive the most current information on all of our products. DS30325B-page 4 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 1.0 DEVICE OVERVIEW This document contains device specific information about the following devices: • • • • PIC16F73 PIC16F74 PIC16F76 PIC16F77 PIC16F73/76 devices are available only in 28-pin packages, while PIC16F74/77 devices are available in 40-pin and 44-pin packages. All devices in the PIC16F7X family share common architecture, with the following differences: The available features are summarized in Table 1-1. Block diagrams of the PIC16F73/76 and PIC16F74/77 devices are provided in Figure 1-1 and Figure 1-2, respectively. The pinouts for these device families are listed in Table 1-2 and Table 1-3. Additional information may be found in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range Reference Manual (DS33023), which may be obtained from your local Microchip Sales Representative or downloaded from the Microchip website. The Reference Manual should be considered a complementary document to this data sheet, and is highly recommended reading for a better understanding of the device architecture and operation of the peripheral modules. • The PIC16F73 and PIC16F76 have one-half of the total on-chip memory of the PIC16F74 and PIC16F77 • The 28-pin devices have 3 I/O ports, while the 40/44-pin devices have 5 • The 28-pin devices have 11 interrupts, while the 40/44-pin devices have 12 • The 28-pin devices have 5 A/D input channels, while the 40/44-pin devices have 8 • The Parallel Slave Port is implemented only on the 40/44-pin devices TABLE 1-1: PIC16F7X DEVICE FEATURES Key Features PIC16F73 PIC16F74 PIC16F76 PIC16F77 Operating Frequency DC - 20 MHz DC - 20 MHz DC - 20 MHz DC - 20 MHz RESETS (and Delays) POR, BOR (PWRT, OST) POR, BOR (PWRT, OST) POR, BOR (PWRT, OST) POR, BOR (PWRT, OST) FLASH Program Memory (14-bit words) 4K 4K 8K 8K Data Memory (bytes) 192 192 368 368 Interrupts 11 12 11 12 I/O Ports Ports A,B,C Ports A,B,C,D,E Ports A,B,C Ports A,B,C,D,E 3 3 3 3 Timers Capture/Compare/PWM Modules Serial Communications Parallel Communications 8-bit Analog-to-Digital Module Instruction Set Packaging 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. 2 2 2 2 SSP, USART SSP, USART SSP, USART SSP, USART — PSP — PSP 5 Input Channels 8 Input Channels 5 Input Channels 8 Input Channels 35 Instructions 35 Instructions 35 Instructions 35 Instructions 28-pin DIP 28-pin SOIC 28-pin SSOP 28-pin MLF 40-pin PDIP 44-pin PLCC 44-pin TQFP 28-pin DIP 28-pin SOIC 28-pin SSOP 28-pin MLF 40-pin PDIP 44-pin PLCC 44-pin TQFP DS30325B-page 5 PIC16F7X FIGURE 1-1: PIC16F73 AND PIC16F76 BLOCK DIAGRAM 13 FLASH Program Memory 14 PORTA RA0/AN0 RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2/ RA3/AN3/VREF RA4/T0CKI RA5/AN4/SS RAM File Registers 8 Level Stack (13-bit) Program Bus 8 Data Bus Program Counter RAM Addr(1) 9 PORTB Addr MUX Instruction reg Direct Addr 7 8 Indirect Addr FSR reg STATUS reg 8 RB0/INT RB1 RB2 RB3/PGM RB4 RB5 RB6/PGC RB7/PGD PORTC 3 Power-up Timer Instruction Decode & Control Timing Generation OSC1/CLKIN OSC2/CLKOUT Oscillator Start-up Timer ALU Power-on Reset 8 Watchdog Timer Brown-out Reset MCLR RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 RC2/CCP1 RC3/SCK/SCL RC4/SDI/SDA RC5/SDO RC6/TX/CK RC7/RX/DT MUX W reg VDD, VSS Timer0 Timer1 Timer2 8-bit A/D CCP1 CCP2 Synchronous Serial Port USART Device Program FLASH Data Memory PIC16F73 4K 192 Bytes PIC16F76 8K 368 Bytes Note 1: Higher order bits are from the STATUS register. DS30325B-page 6 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X FIGURE 1-2: PIC16F74 AND PIC16F77 BLOCK DIAGRAM 13 FLASH Program Memory PORTA RA0/AN0 RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2 RA3/AN3/VREF RA4/T0CKI RA5/AN4/SS RAM File Registers 8 Level Stack (13-bit) Program Bus 8 Data Bus Program Counter 14 RAM Addr(1) PORTB 9 RB0/INT RB1 RB2 RB3/PGM RB4 RB5 RB6/PGC RB7/PGD Addr MUX Instruction reg Direct Addr 7 8 Indirect Addr FSR reg STATUS reg 8 PORTC 3 Power-up Timer Instruction Decode & Control Oscillator Start-up Timer Timing Generation Watchdog Timer Brown-out Reset OSC1/CLKIN OSC2/CLKOUT MUX ALU Power-on Reset MCLR RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 RC2/CCP1 RC3/SCK/SCL RC4/SDI/SDA RC5/SDO RC6/TX/CK RC7/RX/DT 8 PORTD W reg RD0/PSP0 RD1/PSP1 RD2/PSP2 RD3/PSP3 RD4/PSP4 RD5/PSP5 RD6/PSP6 RD7/PSP7 VDD, VSS PORTE RE0/AN5/RD RE1/AN6/WR RE2/AN7/CS Timer0 Timer1 Timer2 8-bit A/D CCP1 CCP2 Synchronous Serial Port USART Parallel Slave Port Device Program FLASH Data Memory PIC16F74 4K 192 Bytes PIC16F77 8K 368 Bytes Note 1: Higher order bits are from the STATUS register. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 7 PIC16F7X TABLE 1-2: Pin Name OSC1/CLKI OSC1 PIC16F73 AND PIC16F76 PINOUT DESCRIPTION DIP SSOP SOIC Pin# MLF Pin# 9 6 I CLKI OSC2/CLKO OSC2 I 10 7 Buffer Type — Oscillator crystal or clock output. Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or resonator in Crystal Oscillator mode. In RC mode, OSC2 pin outputs CLKO, which has 1/4 the frequency of OSC1 and denotes the instruction cycle rate. ST Master Clear (input) or programming voltage (output). Master Clear (Reset) input. This pin is an active low RESET to the device. Programming voltage input. O 1 26 I VPP Description ST/CMOS(3) Oscillator crystal or external clock input. Oscillator crystal input or external clock source input. ST buffer when configured in RC mode. Otherwise CMOS. External clock source input. Always associated with pin function OSC1 (see OSC1/CLKI, OSC2/CLKO pins). O CLKO MCLR/VPP MCLR I/O/P Type P PORTA is a bi-directional I/O port. RA0/AN0 RA0 AN0 2 RA1/AN1 RA1 AN1 3 RA2/AN2 RA2 AN2 4 RA3/AN3/VREF RA3 AN3 VREF 5 RA4/T0CKI RA4 T0CKI 6 RA5/SS/AN4 RA5 SS AN4 7 27 TTL I/O I 28 Digital I/O. Analog input 0. TTL I/O I 1 Digital I/O. Analog input 1. TTL I/O I 2 Digital I/O. Analog input 2. TTL I/O I I 4 Digital I/O. Analog input 3. A/D reference voltage input. ST I/O I 5 Digital I/O – Open drain when configured as output. Timer0 external clock input. TTL I/O I I Digital I/O. SPI slave select input. Analog input 4. Legend: Note I = input O = output I/O = input/output P = power — = Not used TTL = TTL input ST = Schmitt Trigger input 1: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as the external interrupt. 2: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in Serial Programming mode. 3: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured in RC Oscillator mode and a CMOS input otherwise. DS30325B-page 8 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X TABLE 1-2: PIC16F73 AND PIC16F76 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED) Pin Name DIP SSOP SOIC Pin# MLF Pin# I/O/P Type Buffer Type Description PORTB is a bi-directional I/O port. PORTB can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up on all inputs. RB0/INT RB0 INT 21 TTL/ST(1) 18 I/O I Digital I/O. External interrupt. RB1 22 19 I/O TTL Digital I/O. RB2 23 20 I/O TTL Digital I/O. RB3/PGM RB3 PGM 24 21 TTL I/O I/O Digital I/O. Low voltage ICSP programming enable pin. RB4 25 22 I/O TTL Digital I/O. RB5 26 23 I/O TTL Digital I/O. RB6/PGC RB6 PGC 27 24 RB7/PGD RB7 PGD 28 RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RC0 T1OSO T1CKI 11 RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 RC1 T1OSI CCP2 12 RC2/CCP1 RC2 CCP1 13 RC3/SCK/SCL RC3 SCK SCL 14 RC4/SDI/SDA RC4 SDI SDA 15 RC5/SDO RC5 SDO 16 RC6/TX/CK RC6 TX CK 17 RC7/RX/DT RC7 RX DT 18 TTL/ST(2) I/O I/O Digital I/O. In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP programming clock. TTL/ST(2) 25 I/O I/O Digital I/O. In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP programming data. PORTC is a bi-directional I/O port. 8 ST I/O O I 9 Digital I/O. Timer1 oscillator output. Timer1 external clock input. ST I/O I I/O 10 Digital I/O. Timer1 oscillator input. Capture2 input, Compare2 output, PWM2 output. ST I/O I/O 11 Digital I/O. Capture1 input/Compare1 output/PWM1 output. ST I/O I/O I/O 12 Digital I/O. Synchronous serial clock input/output for SPI mode. Synchronous serial clock input/output for I2C mode. ST I/O I I/O 13 Digital I/O. SPI data in. I2C data I/O. ST I/O O 14 Digital I/O. SPI data out. ST I/O O I/O 15 Digital I/O. USART asynchronous transmit. USART 1 synchronous clock. ST I/O I I/O Digital I/O. USART asynchronous receive. USART synchronous data. VSS 8, 19 5, 16 P — Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. VDD 20 17 P — Positive supply for logic and I/O pins. Legend: Note I = input O = output I/O = input/output P = power — = Not used TTL = TTL input ST = Schmitt Trigger input 1: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as the external interrupt. 2: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in Serial Programming mode. 3: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured in RC Oscillator mode and a CMOS input otherwise. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 9 PIC16F7X TABLE 1-3: Pin Name OSC1/CLKI OSC1 PIC16F74 AND PIC16F77 PINOUT DESCRIPTION DIP Pin# PLCC Pin# QFP Pin# 13 14 30 I/O/P Type I CLKI I OSC2/CLKO OSC2 14 15 31 Buffer Type ST/CMOS(4) Oscillator crystal or external clock input. Oscillator crystal input or external clock source input. ST buffer when configured in RC mode. Otherwise CMOS. External clock source input. Always associated with pin function OSC1 (see OSC1/CLKI, OSC2/CLKO pins). — Oscillator crystal or clock output. Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or resonator in Crystal Oscillator mode. In RC mode, OSC2 pin outputs CLKO, which has 1/4 the frequency of OSC1 and denotes the instruction cycle rate. ST Master Clear (input) or programming voltage (output). Master Clear (Reset) input. This pin is an active low RESET to the device. Programming voltage input. O CLKO O 1 MCLR/VPP MCLR 2 18 I VPP Description P PORTA is a bi-directional I/O port. RA0/AN0 RA0 AN0 2 RA1/AN1 RA1 AN1 3 RA2/AN2 RA2 AN2 4 RA3/AN3/VREF RA3 AN3 VREF 5 RA4/T0CKI RA4 T0CKI 6 RA5/SS/AN4 RA5 SS AN4 7 Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 3 19 TTL I/O I 4 20 Digital I/O. Analog input 0. TTL I/O I 5 21 Digital I/O. Analog input 1. TTL I/O I 6 22 Digital I/O. Analog input 2. TTL I/O I I 7 23 Digital I/O. Analog input 3. A/D reference voltage input. ST I/O I 8 Digital I/O – Open drain when configured as output. Timer0 external clock input. TTL 24 I/O I I Digital I/O. SPI slave select input. Analog input 4. I = input O = output I/O = input/output P = power — = Not used TTL = TTL input ST = Schmitt Trigger input This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as an external interrupt. This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in Serial Programming mode. This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as general purpose I/O and a TTL input when used in the Parallel Slave Port mode (for interfacing to a microprocessor bus). This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured in RC Oscillator mode and a CMOS input otherwise. DS30325B-page 10 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X TABLE 1-3: PIC16F74 AND PIC16F77 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED) Pin Name DIP Pin# PLCC Pin# QFP Pin# I/O/P Type Buffer Type Description PORTB is a bi-directional I/O port. PORTB can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up on all inputs. RB0/INT RB0 INT 33 36 TTL/ST(1) 8 I/O I Digital I/O. External interrupt. RB1 34 37 9 I/O TTL Digital I/O. RB2 35 38 10 I/O TTL Digital I/O. RB3/PGM RB3 PGM 36 39 11 RB4 37 41 14 I/O TTL Digital I/O. RB5 38 42 15 I/O TTL Digital I/O. RB6/PGC RB6 PGC 39 43 16 RB7/PGD RB7 PGD 40 RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RC0 T1OSO T1CKI 15 RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 RC1 T1OSI CCP2 16 RC2/CCP1 RC2 CCP1 17 RC3/SCK/SCL RC3 SCK SCL 18 RC4/SDI/SDA RC4 SDI SDA 23 RC5/SDO RC5 SDO 24 RC6/TX/CK RC6 TX CK 25 RC7/RX/DT RC7 RX DT 26 TTL I/O I/O Digital I/O. Low voltage ICSP programming enable pin. TTL/ST(2) I/O I/O 44 Digital I/O. In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP programming clock. TTL/ST(2) 17 I/O I/O Digital I/O. In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP programming data. PORTC is a bi-directional I/O port. Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 16 32 ST I/O O I 18 35 Digital I/O. Timer1 oscillator output. Timer1 external clock input. ST I/O I I/O 19 36 Digital I/O. Timer1 oscillator input. Capture2 input, Compare2 output, PWM2 output. ST I/O I/O 20 37 Digital I/O. Capture1 input/Compare1 output/PWM1 output ST I/O I/O I/O 25 42 Digital I/O Synchronous serial clock input/output for SPI mode. Synchronous serial clock input/output for I2C mode. ST I/O I I/O 26 43 Digital I/O. SPI data in. I2C data I/O. ST I/O O 27 44 Digital I/O. SPI data out. ST I/O O I/O 29 1 Digital I/O. USART asynchronous transmit. USART 1 synchronous clock. ST I/O I I/O Digital I/O. USART asynchronous receive. USART synchronous data. I = input O = output I/O = input/output P = power — = Not used TTL = TTL input ST = Schmitt Trigger input This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as an external interrupt. This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in Serial Programming mode. This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as general purpose I/O and a TTL input when used in the Parallel Slave Port mode (for interfacing to a microprocessor bus). This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured in RC Oscillator mode and a CMOS input otherwise. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 11 PIC16F7X TABLE 1-3: Pin Name PIC16F74 AND PIC16F77 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED) DIP Pin# PLCC Pin# QFP Pin# I/O/P Type Buffer Type Description PORTD is a bi-directional I/O port or parallel slave port when interfacing to a microprocessor bus. RD0/PSP0 RD0 PSP0 19 RD1/PSP1 RD1 PSP1 20 RD2/PSP2 RD2 PSP2 21 RD3/PSP3 RD3 PSP3 22 RD4/PSP4 RD4 PSP4 27 RD5/PSP5 RD5 PSP5 28 RD6/PSP6 RD6 PSP6 29 RD7/PSP7 RD7 PSP7 30 RE0/RD/AN5 RE0 RD AN5 8 RE1/WR/AN6 RE1 WR AN6 9 RE2/CS/AN7 RE2 CS AN7 10 21 ST/TTL(3) 38 Digital I/O. Parallel Slave Port data. I/O I/O 22 23 24 39 40 I I/O I/O ST/TTL(3) I I/O I/O ST/TTL(3) Digital I/O. Parallel Slave Port data. Digital I/O. Parallel Slave Port data. ST/TTL(3) 41 Digital I/O. Parallel Slave Port data. I/O I/O 30 ST/TTL(3) 2 Digital I/O. Parallel Slave Port data. I/O I/O 31 ST/TTL(3) 3 Digital I/O. Parallel Slave Port data. I/O I/O 32 ST/TTL(3) 4 Digital I/O. Parallel Slave Port data. I/O I/O 33 ST/TTL(3) 5 Digital I/O. Parallel Slave Port data. I/O I/O PORTE is a bi-directional I/O port. 9 ST/TTL(3) 25 I/O I I 10 Digital I/O. Read control for parallel slave port . Analog input 5. ST/TTL(3) 26 I/O I I 11 Digital I/O. Write control for parallel slave port . Analog input 6. ST/TTL(3) 27 Digital I/O. Chip select control for parallel slave port . Analog input 7. I/O I I VSS 12,31 13,34 6,29 P — Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. VDD 11,32 12,35 7,28 P — Positive supply for logic and I/O pins. NC — 1,17,2 8, 40 12,13, 33, 34 — These pins are not internally connected. These pins should be left unconnected. Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: 4: I = input O = output I/O = input/output P = power — = Not used TTL = TTL input ST = Schmitt Trigger input This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as an external interrupt. This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in Serial Programming mode. This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as general purpose I/O and a TTL input when used in the Parallel Slave Port mode (for interfacing to a microprocessor bus). This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured in RC Oscillator mode and a CMOS input otherwise. DS30325B-page 12 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 2.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION There are two memory blocks in each of these PICmicro® MCUs. The Program Memory and Data Memory have separate buses so that concurrent access can occur and is detailed in this section. The Program Memory can be read internally by user code (see Section 3.0). 2.2 The Data Memory is partitioned into multiple banks, which contain the General Purpose Registers and the Special Function Registers. Bits RP1 (STATUS<6>) and RP0 (STATUS<5>) are the bank select bits: Additional information on device memory may be found in the PICmicro Mid-Range Reference Manual (DS33023). 2.1 Program Memory Organization The PIC16F7X devices have a 13-bit program counter capable of addressing an 8K word x 14-bit program memory space. The PIC16F77/76 devices have 8K words of FLASH program memory and the PIC16F73/74 devices have 4K words. The program memory maps for PIC16F7X devices are shown in Figure 2-1. Accessing a location above the physically implemented address will cause a wraparound. The RESET Vector is at 0000h and the Interrupt Vector is at 0004h. Data Memory Organization RP1:RP0 Bank 00 0 01 1 10 2 11 3 Each bank extends up to 7Fh (128 bytes). The lower locations of each bank are reserved for the Special Function Registers. Above the Special Function Registers are General Purpose Registers, implemented as static RAM. All implemented banks contain Special Function Registers. Some frequently used Special Function Registers from one bank may be mirrored in another bank for code reduction and quicker access. 2.2.1 GENERAL PURPOSE REGISTER FILE The register file (shown in Figure 2-2 and Figure 2-3) can be accessed either directly, or indirectly, through the File Select Register FSR. FIGURE 2-1: PROGRAM MEMORY MAPS AND STACKS FOR PIC16F7X DEVICES PIC16F76/77 PIC16F73/74 PC<12:0> PC<12:0> 13 CALL, RETURN RETFIE, RETLW Stack Level 1 Stack Level 2 Stack Level 1 Stack Level 2 Stack Level 8 Stack Level 8 RESET Vector 0000h RESET Vector 0000h Interrupt Vector 0004h 0005h Interrupt Vector 0004h 0005h Page 0 07FFh 0800h On-Chip Program Memory 13 CALL, RETURN RETFIE, RETLW Page 1 On-Chip Program Memory Page 0 07FFh 0800h Page 1 0FFFh 1000h 0FFFh 1000h Page 2 17FFh 1800h Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ Page 3 1FFFh 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. 1FFFh DS30325B-page 13 PIC16F7X FIGURE 2-2: PIC16F77/76 REGISTER FILE MAP Indirect addr.(*) TMR0 PCL STATUS FSR PORTA PORTB PORTC PORTD(1) PORTE(1) PCLATH INTCON PIR1 PIR2 TMR1L TMR1H T1CON TMR2 T2CON SSPBUF SSPCON CCPR1L CCPR1H CCP1CON RCSTA TXREG RCREG CCPR2L CCPR2H CCP2CON ADRES ADCON0 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h 09h 0Ah 0Bh 0Ch 0Dh 0Eh 0Fh 10h 11h 12h 13h 14h 15h 16h 17h 18h 19h 1Ah 1Bh 1Ch 1Dh 1Eh 1Fh 20h Indirect addr.(*) 80h OPTION_REG 81h PCL 82h STATUS 83h FSR 84h TRISA 85h TRISB 86h TRISC 87h TRISD(1) 88h TRISE(1) 89h PCLATH 8Ah INTCON 8Bh PIE1 8Ch PIE2 8Dh PCON 8Eh 8Fh 90h 91h PR2 92h SSPADD 93h SSPSTAT 94h 95h 96h 97h 98h TXSTA 99h SPBRG 9Ah 9Bh 9Ch 9Dh 9Eh 9Fh ADCON1 A0h General Purpose Register 80 Bytes General Purpose Register 96 Bytes accesses 70h-7Fh 7Fh Bank 0 EFh F0h Indirect addr.(*) 100h 101h TMR0 102h PCL 103h STATUS 104h FSR 105h 106h PORTB 107h 108h 109h 10Ah PCLATH 10Bh INTCON 10Ch PMDATA PMADR 10Dh 10Eh PMDATH 10Fh PMADRH 110h 111h 112h 113h 114h 115h 116h General 117h Purpose 118h Register 119h 16 Bytes 11Ah 11Bh 11Ch 11Dh 11Eh 11Fh 120h General Purpose Register 80 Bytes accesses 70h-7Fh 16Fh 170h Indirect addr.(*) OPTION_REG PCL STATUS FSR TRISB PCLATH INTCON PMCON1 General Purpose Register 16 Bytes Bank 2 180h 181h 182h 183h 184h 185h 186h 187h 188h 189h 18Ah 18Bh 18Ch 18Dh 18Eh 18Fh 190h 191h 192h 193h 194h 195h 196h 197h 198h 199h 19Ah 19Bh 19Ch 19Dh 19Eh 19Fh 1A0h General Purpose Register 80 Bytes accesses 70h - 7Fh 17Fh FFh Bank 1 File Address File Address File Address File Address 1EFh 1F0h 1FFh Bank 3 Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ’0’. * Not a physical register. Note 1: These registers are not implemented on 28-pin devices. DS30325B-page 14 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X FIGURE 2-3: PIC16F74/73 REGISTER FILE MAP File Address Indirect addr.(*) TMR0 PCL STATUS FSR PORTA PORTB PORTC PORTD(1) PORTE(1) PCLATH INTCON PIR1 PIR2 TMR1L TMR1H T1CON TMR2 T2CON SSPBUF SSPCON CCPR1L CCPR1H CCP1CON RCSTA TXREG RCREG CCPR2L CCPR2H CCP2CON ADRES ADCON0 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h 09h 0Ah 0Bh 0Ch 0Dh 0Eh 0Fh 10h 11h 12h 13h 14h 15h 16h 17h 18h 19h 1Ah 1Bh 1Ch 1Dh 1Eh 1Fh 20h File Address Indirect addr.(*) 80h OPTION_REG 81h PCL 82h STATUS 83h FSR 84h TRISA 85h TRISB 86h TRISC 87h TRISD(1) 88h TRISE(1) 89h PCLATH 8Ah INTCON 8Bh PIE1 8Ch PIE2 8Dh PCON 8Eh 8Fh 90h 91h PR2 92h SSPADD 93h SSPSTAT 94h 95h 96h 97h 98h TXSTA 99h SPBRG 9Ah 9Bh 9Ch 9Dh 9Eh 9Fh ADCON1 Indirect addr.(*) 100h 101h TMR0 102h PCL 103h STATUS 104h FSR 105h 106h PORTB 107h 108h 109h 10Ah PCLATH 10Bh INTCON 10Ch PMDATA PMADR 10Dh 10Eh PMDATH 10Fh PMADRH 110h Indirect addr.(*) OPTION_REG PCL STATUS FSR TRISB PCLATH INTCON PMCON1 180h 181h 182h 183h 184h 185h 186h 187h 188h 189h 18Ah 18Bh 18Ch 18Dh 18Eh 18Fh 190h 1A0h 120h A0h General Purpose Register General Purpose Register 96 Bytes 96 Bytes 7Fh Bank 0 File Address File Address accesses 20h-7Fh 1EFh 1F0h 16Fh 170h 17Fh FFh Bank 1 accesses A0h - FFh Bank 2 1FFh Bank 3 Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ’0’. * Not a physical register. Note 1: These registers are not implemented on 28-pin devices. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 15 PIC16F7X 2.2.2 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS The Special Function Registers can be classified into two sets: core (CPU) and peripheral. Those registers associated with the core functions are described in detail in this section. Those related to the operation of the peripheral features are described in detail in the peripheral feature section. The Special Function Registers are registers used by the CPU and peripheral modules for controlling the desired operation of the device. These registers are implemented as static RAM. A list of these registers is given in Table 2-1. TABLE 2-1: Address SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Details on page Bank 0 00h(4) INDF Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) 0000 0000 27, 96 01h TMR0 Timer0 Module Register xxxx xxxx 45, 96 02h(4) PCL Program Counter (PC) Least Significant Byte 0000 0000 26, 96 03h(4) STATUS 0001 1xxx 19, 96 xxxx xxxx 27, 96 --0x 0000 32, 96 IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD Z DC C 04h(4) FSR 05h PORTA 06h PORTB PORTB Data Latch when written: PORTB pins when read xxxx xxxx 34, 96 07h PORTC PORTC Data Latch when written: PORTC pins when read xxxx xxxx 35, 96 08h(5) PORTD PORTD Data Latch when written: PORTD pins when read xxxx xxxx 36, 96 09h(5) PORTE — — — ---- -xxx 39, 96 0Ah(1,4) PCLATH — — — ---0 0000 26, 96 Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer — — PORTA Data Latch when written: PORTA pins when read — — RE2 RE1 RE0 Write Buffer for the upper 5 bits of the Program Counter 0Bh(4) INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 21, 96 0Ch PIR1 PSPIF(3) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 23, 96 0Dh PIR2 — — — — — — — CCP2IF ---- ---0 24, 96 0Eh TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx 50, 96 0Fh TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx 50, 96 10h T1CON TMR1ON --00 0000 47, 96 11h TMR2 0000 0000 52, 96 12h T2CON TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 52, 96 13h SSPBUF — — T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS Timer2 Module Register — TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS Synchronous Serial Port Receive Buffer/Transmit Register WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM3 xxxx xxxx 64, 68, 96 14h SSPCON 0000 0000 61, 96 15h CCPR1L Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (LSB) SSPM2 SSPM1 xxxx xxxx 56, 96 16h CCPR1H Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (MSB) xxxx xxxx 56, 96 17h CCP1CON CCP1M0 --00 0000 54, 96 18h RCSTA 19h TXREG 1Ah — — CCP1X CCP1Y CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 SPEN RX9 SREN CREN — FERR OERR SSPM0 RX9D 0000 -00x 70, 96 USART Transmit Data Register 0000 0000 74, 96 RCREG USART Receive Data Register 0000 0000 76, 96 1Bh CCPR2L Capture/Compare/PWM Register2 (LSB) xxxx xxxx 58, 96 1Ch CCPR2H Capture/Compare/PWM Register2 (MSB) xxxx xxxx 58, 96 1Dh CCP2CON CCP2M0 --00 0000 54, 96 1Eh ADRES xxxx xxxx 88, 96 0000 00-0 83, 96 — — CCP2X CCP2Y CCP2M3 CCP2M2 CCP2M1 A/D Result Register Byte 1Fh ADCON0 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as '0', r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. The upper byte of the program counter is not directly accessible. PCLATH is a holding register for the PC<12:8>, whose contents are transferred to the upper byte of the program counter during branches (CALL or GOTO). Other (non power-up) RESETS include external RESET through MCLR and Watchdog Timer Reset. Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the 28-pin devices; always maintain these bits clear. These registers can be addressed from any bank. PORTD, PORTE, TRISD, and TRISE are not physically implemented on the 28-pin devices, read as ‘0’. This bit always reads as a ‘1’. Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: DS30325B-page 16 ADCS1 ADCS0 CHS2 CHS1 CHS0 GO/ DONE — ADON 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X TABLE 2-1: Address SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED) Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Details on page 0000 0000 27, 96 Bank 1 80h(4) INDF 81h OPTION_REG 82h(4) PCL 83h(4) STATUS Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 PD Z DC C 1111 1111 20, 44, 96 Program Counter’s (PC) Least Significant Byte IRP RP1 RP0 TO 0000 0000 26, 96 0001 1xxx 19, 96 xxxx xxxx 27, 96 --11 1111 32, 96 84h(4) FSR 85h TRISA 86h TRISB PORTB Data Direction Register 1111 1111 34, 96 87h TRISC PORTC Data Direction Register 1111 1111 35, 96 88h(5) TRISD PORTD Data Direction Register 1111 1111 36, 96 89h(5) TRISE IBF OBF IBOV 0000 -111 38, 96 8Ah(1,4) PCLATH — — — ---0 0000 21, 96 Indirect data memory address pointer — — PORTA Data Direction Register PSPMODE — PORTE Data Direction Bits Write Buffer for the upper 5 bits of the Program Counter 8Bh(4) INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 23, 96 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(3) ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 22, 96 8Dh PIE2 — — — — — — — CCP2IE ---- ---0 24, 97 8Eh PCON — — — — — — POR BOR ---- --qq 25, 97 8Fh — Unimplemented — — 90h — Unimplemented — — 91h — Unimplemented — — 92h PR2 Timer2 Period Register 1111 1111 52, 97 93h SSPADD Synchronous Serial Port (I2C mode) Address Register 0000 0000 68, 97 94h SSPSTAT 0000 0000 60, 97 95h — Unimplemented — — 96h — Unimplemented — — 97h — Unimplemented — — 98h TXSTA 0000 -010 69, 97 99h SPBRG Baud Rate Generator Register 0000 0000 71, 97 9Ah — Unimplemented — 9Bh — Unimplemented — 9Ch — Unimplemented — 9Dh — Unimplemented — 9Eh — Unimplemented 9Fh ADCON1 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as '0', r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. The upper byte of the program counter is not directly accessible. PCLATH is a holding register for the PC<12:8>, whose contents are transferred to the upper byte of the program counter during branches (CALL or GOTO). Other (non power-up) RESETS include external RESET through MCLR and Watchdog Timer Reset. Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the 28-pin devices; always maintain these bits clear. These registers can be addressed from any bank. PORTD, PORTE, TRISD, and TRISE are not physically implemented on the 28-pin devices, read as ‘0’. This bit always reads as a ‘1’. Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: SMP CSRC — 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. CKE TX9 — D/A TXEN P SYNC S — R/W BRGH UA TRMT BF TX9D — — — — PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 ---- -000 84, 97 DS30325B-page 17 PIC16F7X TABLE 2-1: Address SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED) Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Details on page Bank 2 100h(4) INDF Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) 0000 0000 27, 96 101h TMR0 Timer0 Module Register xxxx xxxx 45, 96 102h(4) PCL Program Counter (PC) Least Significant Byte 0000 0000 26, 96 103h(4) STATUS 0001 1xxx 19, 96 104h(4) FSR Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer xxxx xxxx 27, 96 105h — Unimplemented 106h PORTB PORTB Data Latch when written: PORTB pins when read 107h — 108h — 109h — 10Ah(1,4) PCLATH 10Bh(4) INTCON 10Ch PMDATA Data Register Low Byte 10Dh PMADR Address Register Low Byte 10Eh PMDATH — — 10Fh PMADRH — — IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD Z DC C — — xxxx xxxx 34, 96 Unimplemented — — Unimplemented — — Unimplemented — — ---0 0000 21, 96 0000 000x 23, 96 xxxx xxxx 29, 97 xxxx xxxx 29, 97 xxxx xxxx 29, 97 xxxx xxxx 29, 97 0000 0000 27, 96 — — — GIE PEIE TMR0IE Write Buffer for the upper 5 bits of the Program Counter INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF Data Register High Byte — Address Register High Byte Bank 3 180h(4) INDF 181h OPTION_REG 182h(4) PCL 183h(4) STATUS 184h(4) FSR Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 185h — Unimplemented 186h TRISB PORTB Data Direction Register 187h — 188h — 189h — 18Ah(1,4) PCLATH 18Bh(4) INTCON Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 PD Z DC C Program Counter (PC) Least Significant Byte IRP RP1 RP0 TO 1111 1111 20, 44, 96 0000 0000 26, 96 0001 1xxx 19, 96 xxxx xxxx 27, 96 — — 1111 1111 34, 96 Unimplemented — — Unimplemented — — Unimplemented — — ---0 0000 21, 96 Write Buffer for the upper 5 bits of the Program Counter — — — GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 23, 96 — — — — — — RD 1--- ---0 29, 97 (6) 18Ch PMCON1 18Dh — Unimplemented 18Eh — Reserved maintain clear 0000 0000 18Fh — Reserved maintain clear 0000 0000 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as '0', r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. The upper byte of the program counter is not directly accessible. PCLATH is a holding register for the PC<12:8>, whose contents are transferred to the upper byte of the program counter during branches (CALL or GOTO). Other (non power-up) RESETS include external RESET through MCLR and Watchdog Timer Reset. Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the 28-pin devices; always maintain these bits clear. These registers can be addressed from any bank. PORTD, PORTE, TRISD, and TRISE are not physically implemented on the 28-pin devices, read as ‘0’. This bit always reads as a ‘1’. Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: DS30325B-page 18 — — 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 2.2.2.1 STATUS Register The STATUS register contains the arithmetic status of the ALU, the RESET status and the bank select bits for data memory. The STATUS register can be the destination for any instruction, as with any other register. If the STATUS register is the destination for an instruction that affects the Z, DC, or C bits, then the write to these three bits is disabled. These bits are set or cleared according to the device logic. Furthermore, the TO and PD bits are not writable, therefore, the result of an instruction with the STATUS register as destination may be different than intended. REGISTER 2-1: For example, CLRF STATUS will clear the upper three bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the STATUS register as 000u u1uu (where u = unchanged). It is recommended, therefore, that only BCF, BSF, SWAPF and MOVWF instructions are used to alter the STATUS register, because these instructions do not affect the Z, C, or DC bits from the STATUS register. For other instructions not affecting any status bits, see the "Instruction Set Summary." Note 1: The C and DC bits operate as a borrow and digit borrow bit, respectively, in subtraction. See the SUBLW and SUBWF instructions for examples. STATUS REGISTER (ADDRESS 03h, 83h, 103h, 183h) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-1 R-1 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD Z DC C bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 IRP: Register Bank Select bit (used for indirect addressing) 1 = Bank 2, 3 (100h - 1FFh) 0 = Bank 0, 1 (00h - FFh) bit 6-5 RP1:RP0: Register Bank Select bits (used for direct addressing) 11 = Bank 3 (180h - 1FFh) 10 = Bank 2 (100h - 17Fh) 01 = Bank 1 (80h - FFh) 00 = Bank 0 (00h - 7Fh) Each bank is 128 bytes bit 4 TO: Time-out bit 1 = After power-up, CLRWDT instruction, or SLEEP instruction 0 = A WDT time-out occurred bit 3 PD: Power-down bit 1 = After power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction 0 = By execution of the SLEEP instruction bit 2 Z: Zero bit 1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero 0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero bit 1 DC: Digit carry/borrow bit (ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW, SUBWF instructions) 1 = A carry-out from the 4th low order bit of the result occurred 0 = No carry-out from the 4th low order bit of the result bit 0 C: Carry/borrow bit (ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW, SUBWF instructions) 1 = A carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred 0 = No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred Note: For borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the two’s complement of the second operand. For rotate (RRF, RLF) instructions, this bit is loaded with either the high or low order bit of the source register. Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS30325B-page 19 PIC16F7X 2.2.2.2 OPTION_REG Register Note: The OPTION_REG register is a readable and writable register, which contains various control bits to configure the TMR0 prescaler/WDT postscaler (single assignable register known also as the prescaler), the External INT Interrupt, TMR0 and the weak pull-ups on PORTB. REGISTER 2-2: To achieve a 1:1 prescaler assignment for the TMR0 register, assign the prescaler to the Watchdog Timer. OPTION_REG REGISTER (ADDRESS 81h, 181h) R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 RBPU: PORTB Pull-up Enable bit 1 = PORTB pull-ups are disabled 0 = PORTB pull-ups are enabled by individual port latch values bit 6 INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit 1 = Interrupt on rising edge of RB0/INT pin 0 = Interrupt on falling edge of RB0/INT pin bit 5 T0CS: TMR0 Clock Source Select bit 1 = Transition on RA4/T0CKI pin 0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (CLKOUT) bit 4 T0SE: TMR0 Source Edge Select bit 1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on RA4/T0CKI pin 0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on RA4/T0CKI pin bit 3 PSA: Prescaler Assignment bit 1 = Prescaler is assigned to the WDT 0 = Prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module bit 2-0 PS2:PS0: Prescaler Rate Select bits Bit Value TMR0 Rate WDT Rate 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 1:2 1:4 1:8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 1 : 256 1:1 1:2 1:4 1:8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 Legend: DS30325B-page 20 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 2.2.2.3 INTCON Register Note: The INTCON register is a readable and writable register, which contains various enable and flag bits for the TMR0 register overflow, RB Port change and External RB0/INT pin interrupts. REGISTER 2-3: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the global enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>). User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. INTCON REGISTER (ADDRESS 0Bh, 8Bh, 10Bh, 18Bh) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-x GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 GIE: Global Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables all unmasked interrupts 0 = Disables all interrupts bit 6 PEIE: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables all unmasked peripheral interrupts 0 = Disables all peripheral interrupts bit 5 TMR0IE: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the TMR0 interrupt 0 = Disables the TMR0 interrupt bit 4 INTE: RB0/INT External Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the RB0/INT external interrupt 0 = Disables the RB0/INT external interrupt bit 3 RBIE: RB Port Change Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the RB port change interrupt 0 = Disables the RB port change interrupt bit 2 TMR0IF: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit 1 = TMR0 register has overflowed (must be cleared in software) 0 = TMR0 register did not overflow bit 1 INTF: RB0/INT External Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The RB0/INT external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = The RB0/INT external interrupt did not occur bit 0 RBIF: RB Port Change Interrupt Flag bit A mismatch condition will continue to set flag bit RBIF. Reading PORTB will end the mismatch condition and allow flag bit RBIF to be cleared. 1 = At least one of the RB7:RB4 pins changed state (must be cleared in software) 0 = None of the RB7:RB4 pins have changed state Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS30325B-page 21 PIC16F7X 2.2.2.4 PIE1 Register Note: Bit PEIE (INTCON<6>) must be set to enable any peripheral interrupt. The PIE1 register contains the individual enable bits for the peripheral interrupts. REGISTER 2-4: PIE1 REGISTER (ADDRESS 8Ch) R/W-0 (1) PSPIE R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 PSPIE(1): Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the PSP read/write interrupt 0 = Disables the PSP read/write interrupt bit 6 ADIE: A/D Converter Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the A/D converter interrupt 0 = Disables the A/D converter interrupt bit 5 RCIE: USART Receive Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the USART receive interrupt 0 = Disables the USART receive interrupt bit 4 TXIE: USART Transmit Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the USART transmit interrupt 0 = Disables the USART transmit interrupt bit 3 SSPIE: Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the SSP interrupt 0 = Disables the SSP interrupt bit 2 CCP1IE: CCP1 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the CCP1 interrupt 0 = Disables the CCP1 interrupt bit 1 TMR2IE: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt 0 = Disables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt bit 0 TMR1IE: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the TMR1 overflow interrupt 0 = Disables the TMR1 overflow interrupt Note 1: PSPIE is reserved on 28-pin devices; always maintain this bit clear. Legend: DS30325B-page 22 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 2.2.2.5 PIR1 Register Note: The PIR1 register contains the individual flag bits for the peripheral interrupts. REGISTER 2-5: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the global enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>). User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. PIR1 REGISTER (ADDRESS 0Ch) R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF bit 7 bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 bit 0 PSPIF(1): Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Flag bit 1 = A read or a write operation has taken place (must be cleared in software) 0 = No read or write has occurred ADIF: A/D Converter Interrupt Flag bit 1 = An A/D conversion is completed (must be cleared in software) 0 = The A/D conversion is not complete RCIF: USART Receive Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The USART receive buffer is full 0 = The USART receive buffer is empty TXIF: USART Transmit Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The USART transmit buffer is empty 0 = The USART transmit buffer is full SSPIF: Synchronous Serial Port (SSP) Interrupt Flag 1 = The SSP interrupt condition has occurred, and must be cleared in software before returning from the Interrupt Service Routine. The conditions that will set this bit are: SPI A transmission/reception has taken place. I2 C Slave A transmission/reception has taken place. I2 C Master A transmission/reception has taken place. The initiated START condition was completed by the SSP module. The initiated STOP condition was completed by the SSP module. The initiated Restart condition was completed by the SSP module. The initiated Acknowledge condition was completed by the SSP module. A START condition occurred while the SSP module was IDLE (multi-master system). A STOP condition occurred while the SSP module was IDLE (multi-master system). 0 = No SSP interrupt condition has occurred CCP1IF: CCP1 Interrupt Flag bit Capture mode: 1 = A TMR1 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR1 register capture occurred Compare mode: 1 = A TMR1 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR1 register compare match occurred PWM mode: Unused in this mode TMR2IF: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Flag bit 1 = TMR2 to PR2 match occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR2 to PR2 match occurred TMR1IF: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit 1 = TMR1 register overflowed (must be cleared in software) 0 = TMR1 register did not overflow Note 1: PSPIF is reserved on 28-pin devices; always maintain this bit clear. Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS30325B-page 23 PIC16F7X 2.2.2.6 PIE2 Register The PIE2 register contains the individual enable bits for the CCP2 peripheral interrupt. REGISTER 2-6: PIE2 REGISTER (ADDRESS 8Dh) U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 — — — — — — — CCP2IE bit 7 bit 0 bit 7-1 Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 0 CCP2IE: CCP2 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the CCP2 interrupt 0 = Disables the CCP2 interrupt Legend: 2.2.2.7 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown PIR2 Register Note: The PIR2 register contains the flag bits for the CCP2 interrupt. REGISTER 2-7: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the global enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>). User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. PIR2 REGISTER (ADDRESS 0Dh) U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 — — — — — — — CCP2IF bit 7 bit 0 bit 7-1 Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 0 CCP2IF: CCP2 Interrupt Flag bit Capture mode: 1 = A TMR1 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR1 register capture occurred Compare mode: 1 = A TMR1 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR1 register compare match occurred PWM mode: Unused Legend: DS30325B-page 24 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 2.2.2.8 PCON Register Note: The Power Control (PCON) register contains flag bits to allow differentiation between a Power-on Reset (POR), a Brown-out Reset (BOR), a Watchdog Reset (WDT) and an external MCLR Reset. REGISTER 2-8: BOR is unknown on POR. It must be set by the user and checked on subsequent RESETS to see if BOR is clear, indicating a brown-out has occurred. The BOR status bit is not predictable if the brown-out circuit is disabled (by clearing the BODEN bit in the configuration word). PCON REGISTER (ADDRESS 8Eh) U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-1 — — — — — — POR BOR bit 7 bit 0 bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 1 POR: Power-on Reset Status bit 1 = No Power-on Reset occurred 0 = A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs) bit 0 BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit 1 = No Brown-out Reset occurred 0 = A Brown-out Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Brown-out Reset occurs) Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS30325B-page 25 PIC16F7X 2.3 PCL and PCLATH The program counter (PC) is 13 bits wide. The low byte comes from the PCL register, which is a readable and writable register. The upper bits (PC<12:8>) are not readable, but are indirectly writable through the PCLATH register. On any RESET, the upper bits of the PC will be cleared. Figure 2-4 shows the two situations for the loading of the PC. The upper example in the figure shows how the PC is loaded on a write to PCL (PCLATH<4:0> → PCH). The lower example in the figure shows how the PC is loaded during a CALL or GOTO instruction (PCLATH<4:3> → PCH). FIGURE 2-4: LOADING OF PC IN DIFFERENT SITUATIONS PCH PCL 12 8 7 0 PC 8 PCLATH<4:0> 5 Instruction with PCL as Destination ALU PCLATH PCH 12 11 10 PCL 8 Note 1: There are no status bits to indicate stack overflow or stack underflow conditions. 2: There are no instructions/mnemonics called PUSH or POP. These are actions that occur from the execution of the CALL, RETURN, RETLW and RETFIE instructions, or the vectoring to an interrupt address. 2.4 Program Memory Paging PIC16F7X devices are capable of addressing a continuous 8K word block of program memory. The CALL and GOTO instructions provide only 11 bits of address to allow branching within any 2K program memory page. When doing a CALL or GOTO instruction, the upper 2 bits of the address are provided by PCLATH<4:3>. When doing a CALL or GOTO instruction, the user must ensure that the page select bits are programmed so that the desired program memory page is addressed. If a return from a CALL instruction (or interrupt) is executed, the entire 13-bit PC is popped off the stack. Therefore, manipulation of the PCLATH<4:3> bits are not required for the RETURN instructions (which POPs the address from the stack). Note: The contents of the PCLATH are unchanged after a RETURN or RETFIE instruction is executed. The user must setup the PCLATH for any subsequent CALLS or GOTOS. 0 7 PC GOTO,CALL 2 PCLATH<4:3> 11 Opcode <10:0> PCLATH 2.3.1 COMPUTED GOTO A computed GOTO is accomplished by adding an offset to the program counter (ADDWF PCL). When doing a table read using a computed GOTO method, care should be exercised if the table location crosses a PCL memory boundary (each 256 byte block). Refer to the Application Note, “Implementing a Table Read" (AN556). 2.3.2 Example 2-1 shows the calling of a subroutine in page 1 of the program memory. This example assumes that PCLATH is saved and restored by the Interrupt Service Routine (if interrupts are used). EXAMPLE 2-1: ORG BCF BSF 0x500 PCLATH,4 PCLATH,3 ;Select page 1 ;(800h-FFFh) CALL SUB1_P1 ;Call subroutine in : ;page 1 (800h-FFFh) : ORG 0x900 ;page 1 (800h-FFFh) STACK The PIC16F7X family has an 8-level deep x 13-bit wide hardware stack. The stack space is not part of either program or data space and the stack pointer is not readable or writable. The PC is PUSHed onto the stack when a CALL instruction is executed, or an interrupt causes a branch. The stack is POPed in the event of a RETURN, RETLW or a RETFIE instruction execution. PCLATH is not affected by a PUSH or POP operation. CALL OF A SUBROUTINE IN PAGE 1 FROM PAGE 0 SUB1_P1 : : : RETURN ;called subroutine ;page 1 (800h-FFFh) ;return to Call ;subroutine in page 0 ;(000h-7FFh) The stack operates as a circular buffer. This means that after the stack has been PUSHed eight times, the ninth push overwrites the value that was stored from the first push. The tenth push overwrites the second push (and so on). DS30325B-page 26 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 2.5 EXAMPLE 2-2: Indirect Addressing, INDF and FSR Registers MOVLW MOVWF NEXT CLRF INCF BTFSS GOTO CONTINUE : The INDF register is not a physical register. Addressing the INDF register will cause indirect addressing. Indirect addressing is possible by using the INDF register. Any instruction using the INDF register actually accesses the register pointed to by the File Select Register, FSR. Reading the INDF register itself indirectly (FSR = ’0’) will read 00h. Writing to the INDF register indirectly results in a no operation (although status bits may be affected). An effective 9-bit address is obtained by concatenating the 8-bit FSR register and the IRP bit (STATUS<7>), as shown in Figure 2-5. INDIRECT ADDRESSING 0x20 FSR INDF FSR,F FSR,4 NEXT ;initialize pointer ;to RAM ;clear INDF register ;inc pointer ;all done? ;no clear next ;yes continue A simple program to clear RAM locations 20h-2Fh using indirect addressing is shown in Example 2-2. FIGURE 2-5: DIRECT/INDIRECT ADDRESSING Direct Addressing RP1:RP0 Bank Select 6 Indirect Addressing From Opcode 0 IRP 7 Bank Select Location Select 00 01 10 FSR Register 0 Location Select 11 00h 80h 100h 180h 7Fh FFh 17Fh 1FFh Data Memory(1) Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 3 Note 1: For register file map detail, see Figure 2-2. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 27 PIC16F7X NOTES: DS30325B-page 28 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 3.0 READING PROGRAM MEMORY The FLASH Program Memory is readable during normal operation over the entire VDD range. It is indirectly addressed through Special Function Registers (SFR). Up to 14-bit numbers can be stored in memory for use as calibration parameters, serial numbers, packed 7-bit ASCII, etc. Executing a program memory location containing data that forms an invalid instruction results in a NOP. When interfacing to the program memory block, the PMDATH:PMDATA registers form a two-byte word, which holds the 14-bit data for reads. The PMADRH:PMADR registers form a two-byte word, which holds the 13-bit address of the FLASH location being accessed. These devices can have up to 8K words of program FLASH, with an address range from 0h to 3FFFh. The unused upper bits in both the PMDATH and PMADRH registers are not implemented and read as “0’s”. There are five SFRs used to read the program and memory. These registers are: 3.1 • • • • • PMADR The address registers can address up to a maximum of 8K words of program FLASH. PMCON1 PMDATA PMDATH PMADR PMADRH The program memory allows word reads. Program memory access allows for checksum calculation and reading calibration tables. When selecting a program address value, the MSByte of the address is written to the PMADRH register and the LSByte is written to the PMADR register. The upper MSbits of PMADRH must always be clear. 3.2 PMCON1 Register PMCON1 is the control register for memory accesses. The control bit RD initiates read operations. This bit cannot be cleared, only set, in software. It is cleared in hardware at the completion of the read operation. REGISTER 3-1: PMCON1 REGISTER (ADDRESS 18Ch) R-1 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-x U-0 U-0 R/S-0 reserved — — — — — — RD bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 Reserved: Read as ‘1’ bit 6-1 Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 0 RD: Read Control bit 1 = Initiates a FLASH read, RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit can only be set (not cleared) in software. 0 = FLASH read completed Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS30325B-page 29 PIC16F7X 3.3 Reading the FLASH Program Memory 3.4 FLASH program memory has its own code protect mechanism. External Read and Write operations by programmers are disabled if this mechanism is enabled. A program memory location may be read by writing two bytes of the address to the PMADR and PMADRH registers and then setting control bit RD (PMCON1<0>). Once the read control bit is set, the microcontroller will use the next two instruction cycles to read the data. The data is available in the PMDATA and PMDATH registers after the second NOP instruction. Therefore, it can be read as two bytes in the following instructions. The PMDATA and PMDATH registers will hold this value until the next read operation. EXAMPLE 3-1: Required Sequence The microcontroller can read and execute instructions out of the internal FLASH program memory, regardless of the state of the code protect configuration bits. FLASH PROGRAM READ BSF BCF MOVF MOVWF MOVF MOVWF BSF STATUS, RP1 STATUS, RP0 ADDRH, W PMADRH ADDRL, W PMADR STATUS, RP0 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; BSF NOP NOP PMCON1, RD ; EEPROM Read Sequence ; memory is read in the next two cycles after BSF PMCON1,RD ; BCF MOVF MOVF STATUS, RP0 PMDATA, W PMDATH, W ; Bank 2 ; W = LSByte of Program PMDATA ; W = MSByte of Program PMDATA TABLE 3-1: Address Operation During Code Protect Bank 2 MSByte of Program Address to read LSByte of Program Address to read Bank 3 Required REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PROGRAM FLASH Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 10Dh PMADR 10Fh PMADRH 10Ch PMDATA Data Register Low Byte Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Address Register Low Byte — — 10Eh PMDATH — — 18Ch PMCON1 —(1) — — Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu Address Register High Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu Data Register High Byte — — — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu — — RD 1--- ---0 1--- ---0 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, r = reserved, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used during FLASH access. Note 1: This bit always reads as a ‘1’. DS30325B-page 30 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 4.0 I/O PORTS FIGURE 4-1: Some pins for these I/O ports are multiplexed with an alternate function for the peripheral features on the device. In general, when a peripheral is enabled, that pin may not be used as a general purpose I/O pin. Additional information on I/O ports may be found in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range Reference Manual, (DS33023). Data Bus BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA3:RA0 AND RA5 PINS D Q VDD WR Port CK Q P Data Latch N 4.1 PORTA and the TRISA Register PORTA is a 6-bit wide, bi-directional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISA. Setting a TRISA bit (= ‘1’) will make the corresponding PORTA pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a Hi-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISA bit (= ‘0’) will make the corresponding PORTA pin an output (i.e., put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). Reading the PORTA register reads the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the port latch. All write operations are read-modify-write operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the port pins are read, the value is modified and then written to the port data latch. Pin RA4 is multiplexed with the Timer0 module clock input to become the RA4/T0CKI pin. The RA4/T0CKI pin is a Schmitt Trigger input and an open drain output. All other PORTA pins have TTL input levels and full CMOS output drivers. Other PORTA pins are multiplexed with analog inputs and analog VREF input. The operation of each pin is selected by clearing/setting the control bits in the ADCON1 register (A/D Control Register1). Note: On a Power-on Reset, these pins are configured as analog inputs and read as '0'. WR TRIS BSF MOVLW MOVWF MOVLW STATUS, RP0 0x06 ADCON1 0xCF MOVWF TRISA ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; Bank0 Initialize PORTA by clearing output data latches Select Bank 1 Configure all pins as digital inputs Value used to initialize data direction Set RA<3:0> as inputs RA<5:4> as outputs TRISA<7:6>are always read as ’0’. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. Q I/O pin(1) VSS Analog Input Mode TTL Input Buffer Q D ENEN RD PORT To A/D Converter Note 1: I/O pins have protection diodes to VDD and VSS. FIGURE 4-2: Data Bus WR PORT BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA4/T0CKI PIN D Q CK Q N Data Latch INITIALIZING PORTA STATUS, RP0 STATUS, RP1 PORTA CK RD TRIS WR TRIS BCF BCF CLRF Q TRIS Latch The TRISA register controls the direction of the RA pins, even when they are being used as analog inputs. The user must ensure the bits in the TRISA register are maintained set, when using them as analog inputs. EXAMPLE 4-1: D D Q VSS CK Q Schmitt Trigger Input Buffer TRIS Latch I/O pin(1) RD TRIS Q D ENEN RD PORT TMR0 Clock Input Note 1: I/O pin has protection diodes to VSS only. DS30325B-page 31 PIC16F7X TABLE 4-1: PORTA FUNCTIONS Name Bit# Buffer Function RA0/AN0 bit0 TTL Input/output or analog input. RA1/AN1 bit1 TTL Input/output or analog input. RA2/AN2 bit2 TTL Input/output or analog input. RA3/AN3/VREF bit3 TTL Input/output or analog input or VREF. RA4/T0CKI bit4 ST Input/output or external clock input for Timer0. Output is open drain type. RA5/SS/AN4 bit5 TTL Input/output or slave select input for synchronous serial port or analog input. Legend: TTL = TTL input, ST = Schmitt Trigger input TABLE 4-2: Address SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: Value on all POR, other BOR RESETS RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 --0x 0000 --0u 0000 --11 1111 --11 1111 PCFG1 PCFG0 ---- -000 ---- -000 05h PORTA — — 85h TRISA — — 9Fh ADCON1 — — PORTA Data Direction Register — — — PCFG2 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by PORTA. Note: When using the SSP module in SPI Slave mode and SS enabled, the A/D converter must be set to one of the following modes where PCFG2:PCFG0 = 100, 101, 11x. DS30325B-page 32 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 4.2 PORTB and the TRISB Register PORTB is an 8-bit wide, bi-directional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISB. Setting a TRISB bit (= ‘1’) will make the corresponding PORTB pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a Hi-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISB bit (= ‘0’) will make the corresponding PORTB pin an output (i.e., put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). Each of the PORTB pins has a weak internal pull-up. A single control bit can turn on all the pull-ups. This is performed by clearing bit RBPU (OPTION_REG<7>). The weak pull-up is automatically turned off when the port pin is configured as an output. The pull-ups are disabled on a Power-on Reset. FIGURE 4-3: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB3:RB0 PINS VDD RBPU(2) Data Bus WR Port Weak P Pull-up Data Latch D Q I/O pin(1) CK TRIS Latch D Q WR TRIS a) b) Any read or write of PORTB. This will end the mismatch condition. Clear flag bit RBIF. A mismatch condition will continue to set flag bit RBIF. Reading PORTB will end the mismatch condition and allow flag bit RBIF to be cleared. The interrupt-on-change feature is recommended for wake-up on key depression operation and operations where PORTB is only used for the interrupt-on-change feature. Polling of PORTB is not recommended while using the interrupt-on-change feature. This interrupt on mismatch feature, together with software configureable pull-ups on these four pins, allow easy interface to a keypad and make it possible for wake-up on key depression. Refer to the Embedded Control Handbook, “Implementing Wake-up on Key Stroke” (AN552). RB0/INT is an external interrupt input pin and is configured using the INTEDG bit (OPTION_REG<6>). RB0/INT is discussed in detail in Section 12.11.1. FIGURE 4-4: TTL Input Buffer CK This interrupt can wake the device from SLEEP. The user, in the Interrupt Service Routine, can clear the interrupt in the following manner: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB7:RB4 PINS VDD RBPU(2) Weak P Pull-up RD TRIS Q Data Bus D RD Port Data Latch D WR Port EN Q I/O pin(1) CK TRIS Latch D Q RB0/INT Schmitt Trigger Buffer RD Port WR TRIS TTL Input Buffer CK Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and VSS. 2: To enable weak pull-ups, set the appropriate TRIS bit(s) and clear the RBPU bit (OPTION_REG<7>). RD TRIS Latch Q Four of the PORTB pins (RB7:RB4) have an interrupt-on-change feature. Only pins configured as inputs can cause this interrupt to occur (i.e., any RB7:RB4 pin configured as an output is excluded from the interrupt-on-change comparison). The input pins (of RB7:RB4) are compared with the old value latched on the last read of PORTB. The “mismatch” outputs of RB7:RB4 are ORed together to generate the RB Port Change Interrupt with flag bit RBIF (INTCON<0>). ST Buffer D RD Port EN Q1 Set RBIF Q From other RB7:RB4 pins D RD Port EN Q3 RB7:RB6 in Serial Programming mode Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and VSS. 2: To enable weak pull-ups, set the appropriate TRIS bit(s) and clear the RBPU bit (OPTION_REG<7>). 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 33 PIC16F7X TABLE 4-3: Name PORTB FUNCTIONS Bit# Buffer (1) Function RB0/INT bit0 TTL/ST Input/output pin or external interrupt input. Internal software programmable weak pull-up. RB1 bit1 TTL Input/output pin. Internal software programmable weak pull-up. RB2 bit2 TTL Input/output pin. Internal software programmable weak pull-up. RB3 bit3 TTL Input/output pin. Internal software programmable weak pull-up. RB4 bit4 TTL Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change). Internal software programmable weak pull-up. RB5 bit5 TTL Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change). Internal software programmable weak pull-up. RB6 bit6 TTL/ST(2) Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change). Internal software programmable weak pull-up. Serial programming clock. RB7 bit7 TTL/ST(2) Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change). Internal software programmable weak pull-up. Serial programming data. Legend: TTL = TTL input, ST = Schmitt Trigger input Note 1: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as the external interrupt. 2: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in Serial Programming mode. TABLE 4-4: Address 06h, 106h SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTB Name PORTB 86h, 186h TRISB 81h, 181h OPTION_REG Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 PORTB Data Direction Register RBPU INTEDG T0CS Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged. Shaded cells are not used by PORTB. DS30325B-page 34 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 4.3 FIGURE 4-5: PORTC and the TRISC Register PORTC is an 8-bit wide, bi-directional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISC. Setting a TRISC bit (= ‘1’) will make the corresponding PORTC pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a Hi-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISC bit (= ‘0’) will make the corresponding PORTC pin an output (i.e., put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). PORTC BLOCK DIAGRAM (PERIPHERAL OUTPUT OVERRIDE) Port/Peripheral Select(2) Peripheral Data Out Data Bus D P 1 WR Port PORTC is multiplexed with several peripheral functions (Table 4-5). PORTC pins have Schmitt Trigger input buffers. VDD 0 Q CK Q Data Latch D WR TRIS When enabling peripheral functions, care should be taken in defining TRIS bits for each PORTC pin. Some peripherals override the TRIS bit to make a pin an output, while other peripherals override the TRIS bit to make a pin an input. Since the TRIS bit override is in effect while the peripheral is enabled, read-modify-write instructions (BSF, BCF, XORWF) with TRISC as destination should be avoided. The user should refer to the corresponding peripheral section for the correct TRIS bit settings, and to Section 13.1 for additional information on read-modify-write operations. CK I/O pin(1) Q Q N TRIS Latch VSS RD TRIS Schmitt Trigger Peripheral OE(3) Q D EN RD Port Peripheral Input Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and VSS. 2: Port/Peripheral select signal selects between port data and peripheral output. 3: Peripheral OE (output enable) is only activated if peripheral select is active. TABLE 4-5: PORTC FUNCTIONS Name Bit# Buffer Type Function RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI bit0 ST Input/output port pin or Timer1 oscillator output/Timer1 clock input. RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 bit1 ST Input/output port pin or Timer1 oscillator input or Capture2 input/Compare2 output/PWM2 output. RC2/CCP1 bit2 ST Input/output port pin or Capture1 input/Compare1 output/PWM1 output. RC3/SCK/SCL bit3 ST RC3 can also be the synchronous serial clock for both SPI and I2C modes. RC4/SDI/SDA bit4 ST RC4 can also be the SPI Data In (SPI mode) or Data I/O (I2C mode). RC5/SDO bit5 ST Input/output port pin or Synchronous Serial Port data output. RC6/TX/CK bit6 ST Input/output port pin or USART Asynchronous Transmit or Synchronous Clock. RC7/RX/DT bit7 ST Input/output port pin or USART Asynchronous Receive or Synchronous Data. Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input TABLE 4-6: Address SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTC Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 07h PORTC RC7 RC6 RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 87h TRISC PORTC Data Direction Register Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 1111 1111 1111 1111 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 35 PIC16F7X 4.4 FIGURE 4-6: PORTD and TRISD Registers This section is not applicable to the PIC16F73 or PIC16F76. PORTD is an 8-bit port with Schmitt Trigger input buffers. Each pin is individually configureable as an input or output. PORTD BLOCK DIAGRAM (IN I/O PORT MODE) Data Bus D WR Port CK Q I/O pin(1) Data Latch PORTD can be configured as an 8-bit wide microprocessor port (parallel slave port) by setting control bit PSPMODE (TRISE<4>). In this mode, the input buffers are TTL. D WR TRIS Q Schmitt Trigger Input Buffer CK TRIS Latch RD TRIS Q D ENEN RD Port Note 1: I/O pins have protection diodes to VDD and VSS. TABLE 4-7: Name PORTD FUNCTIONS Bit# Buffer Type Function RD0/PSP0 bit0 ST/TTL(1) Input/output port pin or parallel slave port bit0 RD1/PSP1 bit1 ST/TTL(1) Input/output port pin or parallel slave port bit1 RD2/PSP2 bit2 ST/TTL (1) Input/output port pin or parallel slave port bit2 RD3/PSP3 bit3 ST/TTL (1) Input/output port pin or parallel slave port bit3 RD4/PSP4 bit4 ST/TTL(1) Input/output port pin or parallel slave port bit4 RD5/PSP5 bit5 ST/TTL(1) Input/output port pin or parallel slave port bit5 RD6/PSP6 bit6 ST/TTL(1) Input/output port pin or parallel slave port bit6 RD7/PSP7 bit7 ST/TTL(1) Input/output port pin or parallel slave port bit7 Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input, TTL = TTL input Note 1: Input buffers are Schmitt Triggers when in I/O mode and TTL buffers when in Parallel Slave Port mode. TABLE 4-8: Address SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTD Name 08h PORTD 88h TRISD 89h TRISE Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS RD7 RD6 RD5 RD4 RD3 RD2 RD1 RD0 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 1111 1111 1111 1111 0000 -111 0000 -111 PORTD Data Direction Register IBF OBF IBOV PSPMODE — PORTE Data Direction bits Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by PORTD. DS30325B-page 36 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 4.5 PORTE and TRISE Register This section is not applicable to the PIC16F73 or PIC16F76. PORTE has three pins, RE0/RD/AN5, RE1/WR/AN6 and RE2/CS/AN7, which are individually configureable as inputs or outputs. These pins have Schmitt Trigger input buffers. I/O PORTE becomes control inputs for the microprocessor port when bit PSPMODE (TRISE<4>) is set. In this mode, the user must make sure that the TRISE<2:0> bits are set (pins are configured as digital inputs). Ensure ADCON1 is configured for digital I/O. In this mode, the input buffers are TTL. Register 4-1 shows the TRISE register, which also controls the parallel slave port operation. FIGURE 4-7: Data Bus D WR Port CK Note: Q I/O pin(1) Data Latch D WR TRIS Q Schmitt Trigger Input Buffer CK TRIS Latch RD TRIS Q PORTE pins are multiplexed with analog inputs. When selected as an analog input, these pins will read as ’0’s. TRISE controls the direction of the RE pins, even when they are being used as analog inputs. The user must make sure to keep the pins configured as inputs when using them as analog inputs. PORTE BLOCK DIAGRAM (IN I/O PORT MODE) D ENEN RD Port Note 1: I/O pins have protection diodes to VDD and VSS. On a Power-on Reset, these pins are configured as analog inputs and read as ‘0’. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 37 PIC16F7X REGISTER 4-1: TRISE REGISTER (ADDRESS 89h) R-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 IBF OBF IBOV PSPMODE — Bit2 Bit1 Bit0 bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 Parallel Slave Port Status/Control bits: IBF: Input Buffer Full Status bit 1 = A word has been received and is waiting to be read by the CPU 0 = No word has been received bit 6 OBF: Output Buffer Full Status bit 1 = The output buffer still holds a previously written word 0 = The output buffer has been read bit 5 IBOV: Input Buffer Overflow Detect bit (in Microprocessor mode) 1 = A write occurred when a previously input word has not been read (must be cleared in software) 0 = No overflow occurred bit 4 PSPMODE: Parallel Slave Port Mode Select bit 1 = Parallel Slave Port mode 0 = General Purpose I/O mode bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 2 PORTE Data Direction bits: Bit2: Direction Control bit for pin RE2/CS/AN7 1 = Input 0 = Output bit 1 Bit1: Direction Control bit for pin RE1/WR/AN6 1 = Input 0 = Output bit 0 Bit0: Direction Control bit for pin RE0/RD/AN5 1 = Input 0 = Output Legend: DS30325B-page 38 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X TABLE 4-9: Name PORTE FUNCTIONS Bit# Buffer Type (1) Function Input/output port pin or read control input in Parallel Slave Port mode or analog input. For RD (PSP mode): 1 = IDLE 0 = Read operation. Contents of PORTD register output to PORTD I/O pins (if chip selected). RE0/RD/AN5 bit0 ST/TTL RE1/WR/AN6 bit1 ST/TTL(1) Input/output port pin or write control input in Parallel Slave Port mode or analog input. For WR (PSP mode): 1 = IDLE 0 = Write operation. Value of PORTD I/O pins latched into PORTD register (if chip selected). RE2/CS/AN7 bit2 ST/TTL(1) Input/output port pin or chip select control input in Parallel Slave Port mode or analog input. For CS (PSP mode): 1 = Device is not selected 0 = Device is selected Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input, TTL = TTL input Note 1: Input buffers are Schmitt Triggers when in I/O mode and TTL buffers when in Parallel Slave Port mode. TABLE 4-10: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTE Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS PORTE — — — — — RE2 RE1 RE0 ---- -xxx ---- -uuu 89h TRISE IBF OBF IBOV PSPMODE — 0000 -111 0000 -111 9Fh ADCON1 — — — — — ---- -000 ---- -000 Addr 09h Name PORTE Data Direction bits PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by PORTE. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 39 PIC16F7X 4.6 Parallel Slave Port The Parallel Slave Port (PSP) is not implemented on the PIC16F73 or PIC16F76. PORTD operates as an 8-bit wide Parallel Slave Port, or Microprocessor Port, when control bit PSPMODE (TRISE<4>) is set. In Slave mode, it is asynchronously readable and writable by an external system using the read control input pin RE0/RD, the write control input pin RE1/WR, and the chip select control input pin RE2/CS. The PSP can directly interface to an 8-bit microprocessor data bus. The external microprocessor can read or write the PORTD latch as an 8-bit latch. Setting bit PSPMODE enables port pin RE0/RD to be the RD input, RE1/WR to be the WR input and RE2/CS to be the CS (chip select) input. For this functionality, the corresponding data direction bits of the TRISE register (TRISE<2:0>) must be configured as inputs (i.e., set). The A/D port configuration bits PCFG3:PCFG0 (ADCON1<3:0>) must be set to configure pins RE2:RE0 as digital I/O. There are actually two 8-bit latches, one for data output (external reads) and one for data input (external writes). The firmware writes 8-bit data to the PORTD output data latch and reads data from the PORTD input data latch (note that they have the same address). In this mode, the TRISD register is ignored, since the external device is controlling the direction of data flow. An external write to the PSP occurs when the CS and WR lines are both detected low. Firmware can read the actual data on the PORTD pins during this time. When either the CS or WR lines become high (level triggered), the data on the PORTD pins is latched, and the Input Buffer Full (IBF) status flag bit (TRISE<7>) and interrupt flag bit PSPIF (PIR1<7>) are set on the Q4 clock cycle, following the next Q2 cycle to signal the write is complete (Figure 4-9). Firmware clears the IBF flag by reading the latched PORTD data, and clears the PSPIF bit. When either the CS or RD pins are detected high, the PORTD outputs are disabled, and the interrupt flag bit PSPIF is set on the Q4 clock cycle following the next Q2 cycle, indicating that the read is complete. OBF remains low until firmware writes new data to PORTD. When not in PSP mode, the IBF and OBF bits are held clear. Flag bit IBOV remains unchanged. The PSPIF bit must be cleared by the user in firmware; the interrupt can be disabled by clearing the interrupt enable bit PSPIE (PIE1<7>). FIGURE 4-8: PORTD AND PORTE BLOCK DIAGRAM (PARALLEL SLAVE PORT) Data Bus D WR Port Q RDx pin CK TTL Q RD Port D ENEN One bit of PORTD Set Interrupt Flag PSPIF (PIR1<7>) Read TTL RD Chip Select TTL CS Write TTL WR Note: I/O pin has protection diodes to VDD and VSS. The Input Buffer Overflow (IBOV) status flag bit (TRISE<5>) is set if an external write to the PSP occurs while the IBF flag is set from a previous external write. The previous PORTD data is overwritten with the new data. IBOV is cleared by reading PORTD and clearing IBOV. A read from the PSP occurs when both the CS and RD lines are detected low. The data in the PORTD output latch is output to the PORTD pins. The Output Buffer Full (OBF) status flag bit (TRISE<6>) is cleared immediately (Figure 4-10), indicating that the PORTD latch is being read, or has been read by the external bus. If firmware writes new data to the output latch during this time, it is immediately output to the PORTD pins, but OBF will remain cleared. DS30325B-page 40 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X FIGURE 4-9: PARALLEL SLAVE PORT WRITE WAVEFORMS Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 CS WR RD PORTD<7:0> IBF OBF PSPIF FIGURE 4-10: PARALLEL SLAVE PORT READ WAVEFORMS Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 CS WR RD PORTD<7:0> IBF OBF PSPIF TABLE 4-11: Address REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PARALLEL SLAVE PORT Name Bit 7 Bit 6 08h PORTD 09h PORTE — — 89h TRISE IBF OBF 0Ch PIR1 8Ch PIE1 9Fh ADCON1 Bit 5 Bit 4 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu ---- -xxx ---- -uuu PORTE Data Direction Bits 0000 -111 0000 -111 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 RE2 RE1 RE0 Port data latch when written: Port pins when read PSPIF — — IBOV PSPMODE — — (1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 (1) ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 — — — — PCFG2 ---- -000 ---- -000 PSPIE — PCFG1 PCFG0 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by the Parallel Slave Port. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16F73/76; always maintain these bits clear. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 41 PIC16F7X NOTES: DS30325B-page 42 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 5.0 TIMER0 MODULE Counter mode is selected by setting bit T0CS (OPTION_REG<5>). In Counter mode, Timer0 will increment, either on every rising or falling edge of pin RA4/T0CKI. The incrementing edge is determined by the Timer0 Source Edge Select bit T0SE (OPTION_REG<4>). Clearing bit T0SE selects the rising edge. Restrictions on the external clock input are discussed in detail in Section 5.2. The Timer0 module timer/counter has the following features: • • • • • • 8-bit timer/counter Readable and writable 8-bit software programmable prescaler Internal or external clock select Interrupt on overflow from FFh to 00h Edge select for external clock The prescaler is mutually exclusively shared between the Timer0 module and the Watchdog Timer. The prescaler is not readable or writable. Section 5.3 details the operation of the prescaler. Additional information on the Timer0 module is available in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023). 5.1 Figure 5-1 is a block diagram of the Timer0 module and the prescaler shared with the WDT. The TMR0 interrupt is generated when the TMR0 register overflows from FFh to 00h. This overflow sets bit TMR0IF (INTCON<2>). The interrupt can be masked by clearing bit TMR0IE (INTCON<5>). Bit TMR0IF must be cleared in software by the Timer0 module Interrupt Service Routine, before re-enabling this interrupt. The TMR0 interrupt cannot awaken the processor from SLEEP, since the timer is shut-off during SLEEP. Timer0 operation is controlled through the OPTION_REG register (Register 5-1 on the following page). Timer mode is selected by clearing bit T0CS (OPTION_REG<5>). In Timer mode, the Timer0 module will increment every instruction cycle (without prescaler). If the TMR0 register is written, the increment is inhibited for the following two instruction cycles. The user can work around this by writing an adjusted value to the TMR0 register. FIGURE 5-1: Timer0 Interrupt BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE TIMER0 MODULE AND PRESCALER Data Bus CLKOUT (= FOSC/4) 0 RA4/T0CKI pin 8 M U X 1 M U X 0 1 SYNC 2 Cycles TMR0 reg T0SE T0CS Set Flag bit TMR0IF on Overflow PSA PRESCALER 0 Watchdog Timer M U X 1 8-bit Prescaler 8 8 - to - 1MUX PS2:PS0 PSA WDT Enable bit 1 0 MUX PSA WDT Time-out Note: T0CS, T0SE, PSA, PS2:PS0 are (OPTION_REG<5:0>). 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 43 PIC16F7X 5.2 Using Timer0 with an External Clock When no prescaler is used, the external clock input is the same as the prescaler output. The synchronization of T0CKI, with the internal phase clocks, is accomplished by sampling the prescaler output on the Q2 and REGISTER 5-1: Q4 cycles of the internal phase clocks. Therefore, it is necessary for T0CKI to be high for at least 2Tosc (and a small RC delay of 20 ns) and low for at least 2Tosc (and a small RC delay of 20 ns). Refer to the electrical specification of the desired device. OPTION_REG REGISTER R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 RBPU: PORTB Pull-up Enable bit (see Section 2.2.2.2) bit 6 INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit (see Section 2.2.2.2) bit 5 T0CS: TMR0 Clock Source Select bit 1 = Transition on T0CKI pin 0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (CLKOUT) bit 4 T0SE: TMR0 Source Edge Select bit 1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on T0CKI pin 0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on T0CKI pin bit 3 PSA: Prescaler Assignment bit 1 = Prescaler is assigned to the WDT 0 = Prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module bit 2-0 PS2:PS0: Prescaler Rate Select bits Bit Value TMR0 Rate WDT Rate 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 1:2 1:4 1:8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 1 : 256 1:1 1:2 1:4 1:8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared Note: DS30325B-page 44 x = Bit is unknown To avoid an unintended device RESET, the instruction sequences shown in Example 5-1 and Example 5-2 (page 45) must be executed when changing the prescaler assignment between Timer0 and the WDT. This sequence must be followed even if the WDT is disabled. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 5.3 Prescaler however, these lines must be used to set a temporary value. The final 1:1 value is then set in lines 10 and 11 (highlighted). (Line numbers are included in the example for illustrative purposes only, and are not part of the actual code.) There is only one prescaler available on the microcontroller; it is shared exclusively between the Timer0 module and the Watchdog Timer. The usage of the prescaler is also mutually exclusive: that is, a prescaler assignment for the Timer0 module means that there is no prescaler for the Watchdog Timer, and vice versa. This prescaler is not readable or writable (see Figure 5-1). When assigned to the Timer0 module, all instructions writing to the TMR0 register (e.g. CLRF 1, MOVWF 1, BSF 1,x....etc.) will clear the prescaler. When assigned to WDT, a CLRWDT instruction will clear the prescaler along with the Watchdog Timer. The PSA and PS2:PS0 bits (OPTION_REG<3:0>) determine the prescaler assignment and prescale ratio. Examples of code for assigning the prescaler assignment are shown in Example 5-1 and Example 5-2. Note that when the prescaler is being assigned to the WDT with ratios other than 1:1, lines 2 and 3 (highlighted) are optional. If a prescale ratio of 1:1 is to used, EXAMPLE 5-1: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) BSF MOVLW MOVWF BCF CLRF BSF MOVLW MOVWF CLRWDT MOVLW MOVWF BCF Address 01h,101h Bank1 Select clock source and prescale value of other than 1:1 Bank0 Clear TMR0 and prescaler Bank1 Select WDT, do not change prescale value ; Clears WDT and prescaler ; Select new prescale value and WDT ; Bank0 CHANGING THE PRESCALER ASSIGNMENT FROM WDT TO TIMER0 ; ; ; ; ; Clear WDT and prescaler Bank1 Select TMR0, new prescale value and clock source Bank0 REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0 Name TMR0 0Bh,8Bh, INTCON 10Bh,18Bh 81h,181h ; ; ; ; ; ; ; b’xxxx1xxx’ OPTION_REG STATUS, RP0 STATUS, RP0 b’xxxx0xxx’ OPTION_REG STATUS, RP0 TABLE 5-1: Writing to TMR0 when the prescaler is assigned to Timer0, will clear the prescaler count but will not change the prescaler assignment. CHANGING THE PRESCALER ASSIGNMENT FROM TIMER0 TO WDT STATUS, RP0 b’xx0x0xxx’ OPTION_REG STATUS, RP0 TMR0 STATUS, RP1 b’xxxx1xxx’ OPTION_REG EXAMPLE 5-2: CLRWDT BSF MOVLW MOVWF BCF Note: Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Timer0 Module Register GIE PEIE OPTION_REG RBPU INTEDG Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as ’0’. Shaded cells are not used by Timer0. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 45 PIC16F7X NOTES: DS30325B-page 46 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 6.0 TIMER1 MODULE The Timer1 module is a 16-bit timer/counter consisting of two 8-bit registers (TMR1H and TMR1L), which are readable and writable. The TMR1 Register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments from 0000h to FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. The TMR1 Interrupt, if enabled, is generated on overflow, which is latched in interrupt flag bit TMR1IF (PIR1<0>). This interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing TMR1 interrupt enable bit TMR1IE (PIE1<0>). Timer1 can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing control bit TMR1ON (T1CON<0>). Timer1 also has an internal “RESET input”. This RESET can be generated by either of the two CCP modules as the special event trigger (see Sections 8.1 and 8.2). Register 6-1 shows the Timer1 Control register. When the Timer1 oscillator is enabled (T1OSCEN is set), the RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 and RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI pins become inputs. That is, the TRISC<1:0> value is ignored and these pins read as ‘0’. Timer1 can operate in one of two modes: • As a timer • As a counter The operating mode is determined by the clock select bit, TMR1CS (T1CON<1>). REGISTER 6-1: In Timer mode, Timer1 increments every instruction cycle. In Counter mode, it increments on every rising edge of the external clock input. Additional information on timer modules is available in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023). T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER (ADDRESS 10h) U-0 U-0 — — R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON bit 7 bit 0 bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-4 T1CKPS1:T1CKPS0: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits 11 = 1:8 Prescale value 10 = 1:4 Prescale value 01 = 1:2 Prescale value 00 = 1:1 Prescale value bit 3 T1OSCEN: Timer1 Oscillator Enable Control bit 1 = Oscillator is enabled 0 = Oscillator is shut-off (the oscillator inverter is turned off to eliminate power drain) bit 2 T1SYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Control bit TMR1CS = 1: 1 = Do not synchronize external clock input 0 = Synchronize external clock input TMR1CS = 0: This bit is ignored. Timer1 uses the internal clock when TMR1CS = 0. bit 1 TMR1CS: Timer1 Clock Source Select bit 1 = External clock from pin RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI (on the rising edge) 0 = Internal clock (FOSC/4) bit 0 TMR1ON: Timer1 On bit 1 = Enables Timer1 0 = Stops Timer1 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS30325B-page 47 PIC16F7X 6.1 Timer1 Operation in Timer Mode 6.2 Timer mode is selected by clearing the TMR1CS (T1CON<1>) bit. In this mode, the input clock to the timer is FOSC/4. The synchronize control bit T1SYNC (T1CON<2>) has no effect, since the internal clock is always in sync. FIGURE 6-1: Timer1 Counter Operation Timer1 may operate in Asynchronous or Synchronous mode, depending on the setting of the TMR1CS bit. When Timer1 is being incremented via an external source, increments occur on a rising edge. After Timer1 is enabled in Counter mode, the module must first have a falling edge before the counter begins to increment. TIMER1 INCREMENTING EDGE T1CKI (Default high) T1CKI (Default low) Note: Arrows indicate counter increments. 6.3 Timer1 Operation in Synchronized Counter Mode If T1SYNC is cleared, then the external clock input is synchronized with internal phase clocks. The synchronization is done after the prescaler stage. The prescaler stage is an asynchronous ripple counter. Counter mode is selected by setting bit TMR1CS. In this mode, the timer increments on every rising edge of clock input on pin RC1/T1OSI/CCP2, when bit T1OSCEN is set, or on pin RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI, when bit T1OSCEN is cleared. FIGURE 6-2: In this configuration, during SLEEP mode, Timer1 will not increment even if the external clock is present, since the synchronization circuit is shut-off. The prescaler, however, will continue to increment. TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM Set Flag bit TMR1IF on Overflow TMR1H Synchronized Clock Input 0 TMR1 TMR1L 1 TMR1ON On/Off T1OSC RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 (2) T1SYNC (2) 1 T1OSCEN FOSC/4 Enable Internal Oscillator(1) Clock Synchronize Prescaler 1, 2, 4, 8 det 0 2 T1CKPS1:T1CKPS0 TMR1CS Q Clock Note 1: When the T1OSCEN bit is cleared, the inverter is turned off. This eliminates power drain. 2: For the PIC16F73/76, the Schmitt Trigger is not implemented in External Clock mode. DS30325B-page 48 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 6.4 Timer1 Operation in Asynchronous Counter Mode If control bit T1SYNC (T1CON<2>) is set, the external clock input is not synchronized. The timer continues to increment asynchronous to the internal phase clocks. The timer will continue to run during SLEEP and can generate an interrupt on overflow, which will wake-up the processor. However, special precautions in software are needed to read/write the timer (Section 6.4.1). In Asynchronous Counter mode, Timer1 cannot be used as a time-base for capture or compare operations. 6.4.1 READING AND WRITING TIMER1 IN ASYNCHRONOUS COUNTER MODE Reading TMR1H or TMR1L, while the timer is running from an external asynchronous clock, will ensure a valid read (taken care of in hardware). However, the user should keep in mind that reading the 16-bit timer in two 8-bit values itself, poses certain problems, since the timer may overflow between the reads. For writes, it is recommended that the user simply stop the timer and write the desired values. A write contention may occur by writing to the timer registers, while the register is incrementing. This may produce an unpredictable value in the timer register. Reading the 16-bit value requires some care. The example code provided in Example 6-1 and Example 6-2 demonstrates how to write to and read Timer1 while it is running in Asynchronous mode. EXAMPLE 6-1: WRITING A 16-BIT FREE-RUNNING TIMER ; All interrupts are disabled CLRF TMR1L ; Clear Low byte, Ensures no rollover into TMR1H MOVLW HI_BYTE ; Value to load into TMR1H MOVWF TMR1H, F ; Write High byte MOVLW LO_BYTE ; Value to load into TMR1L MOVWF TMR1H, F ; Write Low byte ; Re-enable the Interrupt (if required) CONTINUE ; Continue with your code EXAMPLE 6-2: READING A 16-BIT FREE-RUNNING TIMER ; All interrupts are disabled MOVF TMR1H, W ; Read high byte MOVWF TMPH MOVF TMR1L, W ; Read low byte MOVWF TMPL MOVF TMR1H, W ; Read high byte SUBWF TMPH, W ; Sub 1st read with 2nd read BTFSC STATUS,Z ; Is result = 0 GOTO CONTINUE ; Good 16-bit read ; TMR1L may have rolled over between the read of the high and low bytes. ; Reading the high and low bytes now will read a good value. MOVF TMR1H, W ; Read high byte MOVWF TMPH MOVF TMR1L, W ; Read low byte MOVWF TMPL ; Re-enable the Interrupt (if required) CONTINUE ; Continue with your code 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 49 PIC16F7X 6.5 TABLE 6-1: Timer1 Oscillator A crystal oscillator circuit is built-in between pins T1OSI (input) and T1OSO (amplifier output). It is enabled by setting control bit T1OSCEN (T1CON<3>). The oscillator is a low power oscillator rated up to 200 kHz. It will continue to run during SLEEP. It is primarily intended for use with a 32 kHz crystal. Table 6-1 shows the capacitor selection for the Timer1 oscillator. Capacitors Used: Osc Type 32 kHz 47 pF 47 pF 100 kHz 33 pF 33 pF 200 kHz 15 pF 15 pF Capacitor values are for design guidance only. These capacitors were tested with the crystals listed below for basic start-up and operation. These values were not optimized. Resetting Timer1 using a CCP Trigger Output Different capacitor values may be required to produce acceptable oscillator operation. The user should test the performance of the oscillator over the expected VDD and temperature range for the application. See the notes (below) table for additional information. Commonly Used Crystals: 32.768 kHz Epson C-001R32.768K-A 100 kHz Epson C-2 100.00 KC-P 200 kHz STD XTL 200.000 kHz Note 1: Higher capacitance increases the stability of the oscillator, but also increases the start-up time. 2: Since each resonator/crystal has its own characteristics, the user should consult the resonator/crystal manufacturer for appropriate values of external components. The special event triggers from the CCP1 and CCP2 modules will not set interrupt flag bit TMR1IF (PIR1<0>). Timer1 must be configured for either Timer or Synchronized Counter mode, to take advantage of this feature. If Timer1 is running in Asynchronous Counter mode, this RESET operation may not work. In the event that a write to Timer1 coincides with a special event trigger from CCP1 or CCP2, the write will take precedence. In this mode of operation, the CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair effectively becomes the period register for Timer1. 6.7 Resetting of Timer1 Register Pair (TMR1H, TMR1L) TMR1H and TMR1L registers are not reset to 00h on a POR, or any other RESET, except by the CCP1 and CCP2 special event triggers. TABLE 6-2: Address OSC2 LP If the CCP1 or CCP2 module is configured in Compare mode to generate a “special event trigger” (CCP1M3:CCP1M0 = ‘1011’), this signal will reset Timer1. Note: Frequency OSC1 The Timer1 oscillator is identical to the LP oscillator. The user must provide a software time delay to ensure proper oscillator start-up. 6.6 CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR THE TIMER1 OSCILLATOR T1CON register is reset to 00h on a Power-on Reset or a Brown-out Reset, which shuts off the timer and leaves a 1:1 prescale. In all other RESETS, the register is unaffected. 6.8 Timer1 Prescaler The prescaler counter is cleared on writes to the TMR1H or TMR1L registers. REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1 AS A TIMER/COUNTER Name Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF PIR1 PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 0Eh TMR1L Holding register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 0Fh TMR1H Holding register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 10h T1CON 0Bh,8Bh, INTCON 10Bh,18Bh 0Ch — — 0000 000x 0000 000u T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON --00 0000 --uu uuuu Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16F73/76; always maintain these bits clear. DS30325B-page 50 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 7.0 TIMER2 MODULE Timer2 is an 8-bit timer with a prescaler and a postscaler. It can be used as the PWM time-base for the PWM mode of the CCP module(s). The TMR2 register is readable and writable, and is cleared on any device RESET. The input clock (FOSC/4) has a prescale option of 1:1, 1:4 or 1:16, selected by control bits T2CKPS1:T2CKPS0 (T2CON<1:0>). 7.1 Timer2 Prescaler and Postscaler The prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared when any of the following occurs: • a write to the TMR2 register • a write to the T2CON register • any device RESET (POR, MCLR Reset, WDT Reset or BOR) TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is written. The Timer2 module has an 8-bit period register, PR2. Timer2 increments from 00h until it matches PR2 and then resets to 00h on the next increment cycle. PR2 is a readable and writable register. The PR2 register is initialized to FFh upon RESET. 7.2 The match output of TMR2 goes through a 4-bit postscaler (which gives a 1:1 to 1:16 scaling inclusive) to generate a TMR2 interrupt (latched in flag bit TMR2IF, (PIR1<1>)). FIGURE 7-1: Output of TMR2 The output of TMR2 (before the postscaler) is fed to the SSP module, which optionally uses it to generate shift clock. Sets Flag bit TMR2IF TMR2 (1) Output Timer2 can be shut-off by clearing control bit TMR2ON (T2CON<2>) to minimize power consumption. Register 7-1 shows the Timer2 control register. Additional information on timer modules is available in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023). TIMER2 BLOCK DIAGRAM Reset Postscaler 1:1 to 1:16 4 EQ TMR2 reg Comparator PR2 reg Prescaler 1:1, 1:4, 1:16 FOSC/4 2 T2CKPS1: T2CKPS0 T2OUTPS3: T2OUTPS0 Note 1: TMR2 register output can be software selected by the SSP module as a baud clock. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 51 PIC16F7X REGISTER 7-1: T2CON: TIMER2 CONTROL REGISTER (ADDRESS 12h) U-0 R/W-0 — R/W-0 TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 R/W-0 TOUTPS1 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-3 TOUTPS3:TOUTPS0: Timer2 Output Postscale Select bits 0000 = 1:1 Postscale 0001 = 1:2 Postscale 0010 = 1:3 Postscale • • • 1111 = 1:16 Postscale bit 2 TMR2ON: Timer2 On bit 1 = Timer2 is on 0 = Timer2 is off bit 1-0 T2CKPS1:T2CKPS0: Timer2 Clock Prescale Select bits 00 = Prescaler is 1 01 = Prescaler is 4 1x = Prescaler is 16 Legend: TABLE 7-1: Address R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER2 AS A TIMER/COUNTER Name Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF PIR1 PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 11h TMR2 Timer2 Module Register 12h T2CON 92h PR2 0Bh,8Bh, INTCON 10Bh, 18Bh 0Ch Legend: — 0000 000x 0000 000u 0000 0000 0000 0000 TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 -000 0000 1111 1111 1111 1111 Timer2 Period Register x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer2 module. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16F73/76; always maintain these bits clear. DS30325B-page 52 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 8.0 CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM MODULES Each Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) module contains a 16-bit register which can operate as a: • 16-bit Capture register • 16-bit Compare register • PWM Master/Slave Duty Cycle register Both the CCP1 and CCP2 modules are identical in operation, with the exception being the operation of the special event trigger. Table 8-1 and Table 8-2 show the resources and interactions of the CCP module(s). In the following sections, the operation of a CCP module is described with respect to CCP1. CCP2 operates the same as CCP1, except where noted. 8.1 8.2 Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (CCPR1) is comprised of two 8-bit registers: CCPR1L (low byte) and CCPR1H (high byte). The CCP2CON register controls the operation of CCP2. The special event trigger is generated by a compare match; it will clear both TMR1H and TMR1L registers, and start an A/D conversion (if the A/D module is enabled). Additional information on CCP modules is available in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023) and in Application Note AN594, “Using the CCP Modules” (DS00594). TABLE 8-1: CCP1 Module Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (CCPR1) is comprised of two 8-bit registers: CCPR1L (low byte) and CCPR1H (high byte). The CCP1CON register controls the operation of CCP1. The special event trigger is generated by a compare match and will clear both TMR1H and TMR1L registers. TABLE 8-2: CCP2 Module CCP MODE - TIMER RESOURCES REQUIRED CCP Mode Timer Resource Capture Compare PWM Timer1 Timer1 Timer2 INTERACTION OF TWO CCP MODULES CCPx Mode CCPy Mode Interaction Capture Capture Same TMR1 time-base. Capture Compare Same TMR1 time-base. Compare Compare Same TMR1 time-base. PWM PWM The PWMs will have the same frequency and update rate (TMR2 interrupt). The rising edges are aligned. PWM Capture None. PWM Compare None. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 53 PIC16F7X REGISTER 8-1: CCP1CON REGISTER/CCP2CON REGISTER (ADDRESS: 17h/1Dh) U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — CCPxX CCPxY CCPxM3 CCPxM2 CCPxM1 CCPxM0 bit 7 bit 0 bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 5-4 CCPxX:CCPxY: PWM Least Significant bits Capture mode: Unused Compare mode: Unused PWM mode: These bits are the two LSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The eight MSbs are found in CCPRxL. bit 3-0 CCPxM3:CCPxM0: CCPx Mode Select bits 0000 = Capture/Compare/PWM disabled (resets CCPx module) 0100 = Capture mode, every falling edge 0101 = Capture mode, every rising edge 0110 = Capture mode, every 4th rising edge 0111 = Capture mode, every 16th rising edge 1000 = Compare mode, set output on match (CCPxIF bit is set) 1001 = Compare mode, clear output on match (CCPxIF bit is set) 1010 = Compare mode, generate software interrupt on match (CCPxIF bit is set, CCPx pin is unaffected) 1011 = Compare mode, trigger special event (CCPxIF bit is set, CCPx pin is unaffected); CCP1 clears Timer1; CCP2 clears Timer1 and starts an A/D conversion (if A/D module is enabled) 11xx = PWM mode Legend: DS30325B-page 54 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 8.3 8.3.4 Capture Mode In Capture mode, CCPR1H:CCPR1L captures the 16-bit value of the TMR1 register when an event occurs on pin RC2/CCP1. An event is defined as one of the following and is configured by CCPxCON<3:0>: • • • • Every falling edge Every rising edge Every 4th rising edge Every 16th rising edge An event is selected by control bits CCP1M3:CCP1M0 (CCP1CON<3:0>). When a capture is made, the interrupt request flag bit CCP1IF (PIR1<2>) is set. The interrupt flag must be cleared in software. If another capture occurs before the value in register CCPR1 is read, the old captured value is overwritten by the new captured value. 8.3.1 CCP PIN CONFIGURATION In Capture mode, the RC2/CCP1 pin should be configured as an input by setting the TRISC<2> bit. Note: If the RC2/CCP1 pin is configured as an output, a write to the port can cause a capture condition. FIGURE 8-1: CAPTURE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM Prescaler ÷ 1, 4, 16 Set Flag bit CCP1IF (PIR1<2>) RC2/CCP1 pin CCPR1H and Edge Detect CCPR1L Capture Enable TMR1H TMR1L CCP PRESCALER There are four prescaler settings, specified by bits CCP1M3:CCP1M0. Whenever the CCP module is turned off, or the CCP module is not in Capture mode, the prescaler counter is cleared. Any RESET will clear the prescaler counter. Switching from one capture prescaler to another may generate an interrupt. Also, the prescaler counter will not be cleared, therefore, the first capture may be from a non-zero prescaler. Example 8-1 shows the recommended method for switching between capture prescalers. This example also clears the prescaler counter and will not generate the “false” interrupt. EXAMPLE 8-1: CLRF MOVLW CCP1CON ;Turn CCP module off NEW_CAPT_PS ;Load the W reg with ;the new prescaler ;move value and CCP ON CCP1CON ;Load CCP1CON with this ;value MOVWF 8.4 CHANGING BETWEEN CAPTURE PRESCALERS Compare Mode In Compare mode, the 16-bit CCPR1 register value is constantly compared against the TMR1 register pair value. When a match occurs, the RC2/CCP1 pin is: • Driven high • Driven low • Remains unchanged The action on the pin is based on the value of control bits CCP1M3:CCP1M0 (CCP1CON<3:0>). At the same time, interrupt flag bit CCP1IF is set. FIGURE 8-2: COMPARE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM CCP1CON<3:0> Q’s 8.3.2 CCP1CON<3:0> Mode Select TIMER1 MODE SELECTION Timer1 must be running in Timer mode or Synchronized Counter mode for the CCP module to use the capture feature. In Asynchronous Counter mode, the capture operation may not work. 8.3.3 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT When the Capture mode is changed, a false capture interrupt may be generated. The user should keep bit CCP1IE (PIE1<2>) clear to avoid false interrupts and should clear the flag bit CCP1IF following any such change in operating mode. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. Set Flag bit CCP1IF (PIR1<2>) CCPR1H CCPR1L Q S RC2/CCP1 Pin R Output Logic Match TRISC<2> Output Enable Comparator TMR1H TMR1L Special Event Trigger Special Event Trigger will: • clear TMR1H and TMR1L registers • NOT set interrupt flag bit TMR1F (PIR1<0>) • (for CCP2 only) set the GO/DONE bit (ADCON0<2>) DS30325B-page 55 PIC16F7X 8.4.1 CCP PIN CONFIGURATION 8.4.4 The user must configure the RC2/CCP1 pin as an output by clearing the TRISC<2> bit. Note: 8.4.2 In this mode, an internal hardware trigger is generated, which may be used to initiate an action. Clearing the CCP1CON register will force the RC2/CCP1 compare output latch to the default low level. This is not the PORTC I/O data latch. The special event trigger output of CCP1 resets the TMR1 register pair. This allows the CCPR1 register to effectively be a 16-bit programmable period register for Timer1. TIMER1 MODE SELECTION The special event trigger output of CCP2 resets the TMR1 register pair and starts an A/D conversion (if the A/D module is enabled). Timer1 must be running in Timer mode or Synchronized Counter mode if the CCP module is using the compare feature. In Asynchronous Counter mode, the compare operation may not work. 8.4.3 SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER Note: The special event trigger from the CCP1 and CCP2 modules will not set interrupt flag bit TMR1IF (PIR1<0>). SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE When Generate Software Interrupt mode is chosen, the CCP1 pin is not affected. The CCP1IF or CCP2IF bit is set, causing a CCP interrupt (if enabled). TABLE 8-3: Address REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CAPTURE, COMPARE, AND TIMER1 Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0Bh,8Bh, INTCON 10Bh,18Bh GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS 0000 000x 0000 000u 0Ch PIR1 PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 0Dh PIR2 — — — — — — — CCP2IF ---- ---0 ---- ---0 ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE — — — — — (1) 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE 8Dh PIE2 87h TRISC PORTC Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111 0Eh TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 0Fh TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 10h T1CON 15h CCPR1L Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (LSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 16h CCPR1H Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (MSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 17h CCP1CON 1Bh CCPR2L Capture/Compare/PWM Register2 (LSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 1Ch CCPR2H Capture/Compare/PWM Register2 (MSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 1Dh CCP2CON — — — — — — — TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 — CCP2IE ---- ---0 ---- ---0 T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON --00 0000 --uu uuuu CCP1X CCP2X CCP1Y CCP2Y CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 CCP2M3 CCP2M2 CCP2M1 CCP2M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by Capture and Timer1. Note 1: The PSP is not implemented on the PIC16F73/76; always maintain these bits clear. DS30325B-page 56 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 8.5 8.5.1 PWM Mode (PWM) In Pulse Width Modulation mode, the CCPx pin produces up to a 10-bit resolution PWM output. Since the CCP1 pin is multiplexed with the PORTC data latch, the TRISC<2> bit must be cleared to make the CCP1 pin an output. Note: Clearing the CCP1CON register will force the CCP1 PWM output latch to the default low level. This is not the PORTC I/O data latch. Figure 8-3 shows a simplified block diagram of the CCP module in PWM mode. For a step-by-step procedure on how to set up the CCP module for PWM operation, see Section 8.5.3. FIGURE 8-3: SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK DIAGRAM Duty Cycle Registers The PWM period is specified by writing to the PR2 register. The PWM period can be calculated using the following formula: PWM period = When TMR2 is equal to PR2, the following three events occur on the next increment cycle: • TMR2 is cleared • The CCP1 pin is set (exception: if PWM duty cycle = 0%, the CCP1 pin will not be set) • The PWM duty cycle is latched from CCPR1L into CCPR1H Note: CCPR1L 8.5.2 R Comparator Q RC2/CCP1 (1) TMR2 S (Note 1) TRISC<2> Comparator Clear Timer, CCP1 pin and latch D.C. PR2 Note 1: The 8-bit timer is concatenated with the 2-bit internal Q clock or the 2 bits of the prescaler to create the 10-bit time-base. A PWM output (Figure 8-4) has a time-base (period) and a time that the output stays high (duty cycle). The frequency of the PWM is the inverse of the period (1/period). FIGURE 8-4: PWM OUTPUT TMR2 RESET TMR2 RESET Period [(PR2) + 1] • 4 • TOSC • (TMR2 prescale value) PWM frequency is defined as 1 / [PWM period]. CCP1CON<5:4> CCPR1H (Slave) PWM PERIOD The Timer2 postscaler (see Section 8.3) is not used in the determination of the PWM frequency. The postscaler could be used to have a servo update rate at a different frequency than the PWM output. PWM DUTY CYCLE The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing to the CCPR1L register and to the CCP1CON<5:4> bits. Up to 10-bit resolution is available. The CCPR1L contains the eight MSbs and the CCP1CON<5:4> contains the two LSbs. This 10-bit value is represented by CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>. The following equation is used to calculate the PWM duty cycle in time: PWM duty cycle = (CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>) • TOSC • (TMR2 prescale value) CCPR1L and CCP1CON<5:4> can be written to at any time, but the duty cycle value is not latched into CCPR1H until after a match between PR2 and TMR2 occurs (i.e., the period is complete). In PWM mode, CCPR1H is a read only register. The CCPR1H register and a 2-bit internal latch are used to double buffer the PWM duty cycle. This double buffering is essential for glitchless PWM operation. When the CCPR1H and 2-bit latch match TMR2, concatenated with an internal 2-bit Q clock or 2 bits of the TMR2 prescaler, the CCP1 pin is cleared. The maximum PWM resolution (bits) for a given PWM frequency is given by the formula: FOSC log FPWM Resolution = bits log(2) ( ) Duty Cycle TMR2 = PR2 TMR2 = Duty Cycle Note: If the PWM duty cycle value is longer than the PWM period, the CCP1 pin will not be cleared. TMR2 = PR2 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 57 PIC16F7X 8.5.3 SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION 3. The following steps should be taken when configuring the CCP module for PWM operation: 4. 1. 2. 5. Set the PWM period by writing to the PR2 register. Set the PWM duty cycle by writing to the CCPR1L register and CCP1CON<5:4> bits. TABLE 8-4: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 20 MHz) PWM Frequency 1.22 kHz Timer Prescale (1, 4, 16) PR2 Value Address 4.88 kHz 19.53 kHz 78.12 kHz 156.3 kHz 208.3 kHz 16 4 1 1 1 1 0xFF 0xFF 0xFF 0x3F 0x1F 0x17 10 10 10 8 7 5.5 Maximum Resolution (bits) TABLE 8-5: Make the CCP1 pin an output by clearing the TRISC<2> bit. Set the TMR2 prescale value and enable Timer2 by writing to T2CON. Configure the CCP1 module for PWM operation. REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWM AND TIMER2 Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0Bh,8Bh, INTCON 10Bh,18Bh GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF — — 0Ch PIR1 0Dh PIR2 — — — — — 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE — — — — — CCP1IE TMR2IE 0000 000x 0000 000u TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 CCP2IF ---- ---0 ---- ---0 TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIE2 87h TRISC PORTC Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111 11h TMR2 Timer2 Module Register 0000 0000 0000 0000 92h PR2 Timer2 Module Period Register 1111 1111 1111 1111 T2CON 15h CCPR1L Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (LSB) — 16h CCPR1H Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (MSB) 17h CCP1CON 1Bh 1Ch 1Dh CCP2CON — — Value on all other RESETS 8Dh 12h — Value on: POR, BOR CCP2IE ---- ---0 ---- ---0 TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 -000 0000 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 CCPR2L Capture/Compare/PWM Register2 (LSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu CCPR2H Capture/Compare/PWM Register2 (MSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu — CCP1X xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu CCP1Y — — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu CCP2X CCP2Y CCP2M3 CCP2M2 CCP2M1 CCP2M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by PWM and Timer2. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16F73/76; always maintain these bits clear. DS30325B-page 58 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 9.0 9.1 SYNCHRONOUS SERIAL PORT (SSP) MODULE SSP Module Overview The Synchronous Serial Port (SSP) module is a serial interface useful for communicating with other peripheral or microcontroller devices. These peripheral devices may be Serial EEPROMs, shift registers, display drivers, A/D converters, etc. The SSP module can operate in one of two modes: • Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) • Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) An overview of I2C operations and additional information on the SSP module can be found in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023). Refer to Application Note AN578, “Use of the SSP Module in the I 2C Multi-Master Environment” (DS00578). 9.2 SPI Mode This section contains register definitions and operational characteristics of the SPI module. Additional information on the SPI module can be found in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023A). SPI mode allows 8 bits of data to be synchronously transmitted and received simultaneously. To accomplish communication, typically three pins are used: • Serial Data Out (SDO) RC5/SDO • Serial Data In (SDI) RC4/SDI/SDA • Serial Clock (SCK) RC3/SCK/SCL Additionally, a fourth pin may be used when in a Slave mode of operation: • Slave Select (SS) RA5/SS/AN4 When initializing the SPI, several options need to be specified. This is done by programming the appropriate control bits in the SSPCON register (SSPCON<5:0>) and SSPSTAT<7:6>. These control bits allow the following to be specified: • • • • Master mode (SCK is the clock output) Slave mode (SCK is the clock input) Clock Polarity (IDLE state of SCK) Clock edge (output data on rising/falling edge of SCK) • Clock Rate (Master mode only) • Slave Select mode (Slave mode only) 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 59 PIC16F7X REGISTER 9-1: SSPSTAT: SYNC SERIAL PORT STATUS REGISTER (ADDRESS 94h) R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF bit 7 bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 bit 0 SMP: SPI Data Input Sample Phase bit SPI Master mode: 1 = Input data sampled at end of data output time 0 = Input data sampled at middle of data output time (Microwire®) SPI Slave mode: SMP must be cleared when SPI is used in Slave mode I2 C mode: This bit must be maintained clear CKE: SPI Clock Edge Select bit (Figure 9-2, Figure 9-3, and Figure 9-4) SPI mode, CKP = 0: 1 = Data transmitted on rising edge of SCK (Microwire® alternate) 0 = Data transmitted on falling edge of SCK SPI mode, CKP = 1: 1 = Data transmitted on falling edge of SCK (Microwire® default) 0 = Data transmitted on rising edge of SCK I2 C mode: This bit must be maintained clear D/A: Data/Address bit (I2C mode only) 1 = Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was data 0 = Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was address P: STOP bit (I2C mode only) This bit is cleared when the SSP module is disabled, or when the START bit is detected last. SSPEN is cleared. 1 = Indicates that a STOP bit has been detected last (this bit is ’0’ on RESET) 0 = STOP bit was not detected last S: START bit (I2C mode only) This bit is cleared when the SSP module is disabled, or when the STOP bit is detected last. SSPEN is cleared. 1 = Indicates that a START bit has been detected last (this bit is ’0’ on RESET) 0 = START bit was not detected last R/W: Read/Write bit Information (I2C mode only) This bit holds the R/W bit information following the last address match. This bit is only valid from the address match to the next START bit, STOP bit, or ACK bit. 1 = Read 0 = Write UA: Update Address bit (10-bit I2C mode only) 1 = Indicates that the user needs to update the address in the SSPADD register 0 = Address does not need to be updated BF: Buffer Full Status bit Receive (SPI and I2 C modes): 1 = Receive complete, SSPBUF is full 0 = Receive not complete, SSPBUF is empty Transmit (I2 C mode only): 1 = Transmit in progress, SSPBUF is full 0 = Transmit complete, SSPBUF is empty Legend: DS30325B-page 60 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X REGISTER 9-2: SSPCON: SYNC SERIAL PORT CONTROL REGISTER (ADDRESS 14h) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM3 SSPM2 SSPM1 SSPM0 bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 WCOL: Write Collision Detect bit 1 = The SSPBUF register is written while it is still transmitting the previous word (must be cleared in software) 0 = No collision bit 6 SSPOV: Receive Overflow Indicator bit In SPI mode: 1 = A new byte is received while the SSPBUF register is still holding the previous data. In case of overflow, the data in SSPSR is lost. Overflow can only occur in Slave mode. The user must read the SSPBUF, even if only transmitting data, to avoid setting overflow. In Master mode, the overflow bit is not set since each new reception (and transmission) is initiated by writing to the SSPBUF register. 0 = No overflow In I2 C mode: 1 = A byte is received while the SSPBUF register is still holding the previous byte. SSPOV is a “don’t care” in Transmit mode. SSPOV must be cleared in software in either mode. 0 = No overflow bit 5 SSPEN: Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit In SPI mode: 1 = Enables serial port and configures SCK, SDO, and SDI as serial port pins 0 = Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins In I2 C mode: 1 = Enables the serial port and configures the SDA and SCL pins as serial port pins 0 = Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins In both modes, when enabled, these pins must be properly configured as input or output. bit 4 CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit In SPI mode: 1 = IDLE state for clock is a high level (Microwire® default) 0 = IDLE state for clock is a low level (Microwire® alternate) In I2 C mode: SCK release control 1 = Enable clock 0 = Holds clock low (clock stretch). (Used to ensure data setup time.) bit 3-0 SSPM3:SSPM0: Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits 0000 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/4 0001 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/16 0010 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/64 0011 = SPI Master mode, clock = TMR2 output/2 0100 = SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin. SS pin control enabled. 0101 = SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin. SS pin control disabled. SS can be used as I/O pin. 0110 = I2C Slave mode, 7-bit address 0111 = I2C Slave mode, 10-bit address 1011 = I2C Firmware Controlled Master mode (slave IDLE) 1110 = I2C Slave mode, 7-bit address with START and STOP bit interrupts enabled 1111 = I2C Slave mode, 10-bit address with START and STOP bit interrupts enabled Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS30325B-page 61 PIC16F7X FIGURE 9-1: SSP BLOCK DIAGRAM (SPI MODE) Internal Data Bus Read Write SSPBUF reg SSPSR reg RC4/SDI/SDA RC5/SDO Shift Clock bit0 Peripheral OE To enable the serial port, SSP enable bit, SSPEN (SSPCON<5>) must be set. To reset or reconfigure SPI mode, clear bit SSPEN, re-initialize the SSPCON register, and then set bit SSPEN. This configures the SDI, SDO, SCK, and SS pins as serial port pins. For the pins to behave as the serial port function, they must have their data direction bits (in the TRISC register) appropriately programmed. That is: • SDI must have TRISC<4> set • SDO must have TRISC<5> cleared • SCK (Master mode) must have TRISC<3> cleared • SCK (Slave mode) must have TRISC<3> set • SS must have TRISA<5> set and ADCON must be configured such that RA5 is a digital I/O . SS Control Enable RA5/SS/AN4 Note 1: When the SPI is in Slave mode with SS pin control enabled (SSPCON<3:0> = 0100), the SPI module will reset if the SS pin is set to VDD. Edge Select 2: If the SPI is used in Slave mode with CKE = '1', then the SS pin control must be enabled. 2 Clock Select SSPM3:SSPM0 4 Edge Select RC3/SCK/ SCL DS30325B-page 62 TRISC<3> TMR2 Output 2 Prescaler TCY 4, 16, 64 3: When the SPI is in Slave mode with SS pin control enabled (SSPCON<3:0> = ‘0100’), the state of the SS pin can affect the state read back from the TRISC<5> bit. The Peripheral OE signal from the SSP module into PORTC controls the state that is read back from the TRISC<5> bit (see Section 4.3 for information on PORTC). If Read-Modify-Write instructions, such as BSF are performed on the TRISC register while the SS pin is high, this will cause the TRISC<5> bit to be set, thus disabling the SDO output. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X FIGURE 9-2: SPI MODE TIMING, MASTER MODE SCK (CKP = 0, CKE = 0) SCK (CKP = 0, CKE = 1) SCK (CKP = 1, CKE = 0) SCK (CKP = 1, CKE = 1) bit7 SDO bit6 bit5 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit1 bit0 SDI (SMP = 0) bit7 bit0 SDI (SMP = 1) bit7 bit0 SSPIF FIGURE 9-3: SPI MODE TIMING (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 0) SS (optional) SCK (CKP = 0) SCK (CKP = 1) bit6 bit7 SDO bit5 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit1 bit0 SDI (SMP = 0) bit7 bit0 SSPIF FIGURE 9-4: SPI MODE TIMING (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 1) SS SCK (CKP = 0) SCK (CKP = 1) SDO bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0 SDI (SMP = 0) bit7 bit0 SSPIF 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 63 PIC16F7X TABLE 9-1: Address REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SPI OPERATION Name Bit 7 Bit 6 0Bh,8Bh. INTCON 10Bh,18Bh GIE PEIE PIR1 PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE 87h TRISC PORTC Data Direction Register 13h SSPBUF Synchronous Serial Port Receive Buffer/Transmit Register 14h SSPCON WCOL 85h TRISA 94h SSPSTAT 0Ch Bit 5 — SMP CKE Value on all other RESETS Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 SSPOV SSPEN — Value on: POR, BOR Bit 4 1111 1111 1111 1111 CKP SSPM3 SSPM2 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu SSPM1 SSPM0 PORTA Data Direction Register D/A 0000 000x 0000 000u P S R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000 --11 1111 --11 1111 UA BF 0000 0000 0000 0000 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by the SSP in SPI mode. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16F73/76; always maintain these bits clear. DS30325B-page 64 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 9.3 SSP I2 C Operation The SSP module in I2C mode, fully implements all slave functions, except general call support, and provides interrupts on START and STOP bits in hardware to facilitate firmware implementations of the master functions. The SSP module implements the standard mode specifications as well as 7-bit and 10-bit addressing. Two pins are used for data transfer. These are the RC3/ SCK/SCL pin, which is the clock (SCL), and the RC4/ SDI/SDA pin, which is the data (SDA). The user must configure these pins as inputs or outputs through the TRISC<4:3> bits. The SSP module functions are enabled by setting SSP enable bit SSPEN (SSPCON<5>). FIGURE 9-5: SSP BLOCK DIAGRAM (I2C MODE) Internal Data Bus Read Write SSPBUF reg RC3/SCK/SCL LSb Match Detect Addr Match SSPADD reg START and STOP bit Detect Selection of any I 2C mode with the SSPEN bit set, forces the SCL and SDA pins to be open drain, provided these pins are programmed to inputs by setting the appropriate TRISC bits. Pull-up resistors must be provided externally to the SCL and SDA pins for proper operation of the I2C module. Additional information on SSP I 2C operation can be found in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023A). Set, RESET S, P bits (SSPSTAT reg) When an address is matched, or the data transfer after an address match is received, the hardware automatically will generate the Acknowledge (ACK) pulse, and then load the SSPBUF register with the received value currently in the SSPSR register. There are certain conditions that will cause the SSP module not to give this ACK pulse. They include (either or both): a) The SSP module has five registers for These are the: • • • • • SLAVE MODE In Slave mode, the SCL and SDA pins must be configured as inputs (TRISC<4:3> set). The SSP module will override the input state with the output data when required (slave-transmitter). SSPSR reg MSb • I 2C Slave mode (7-bit address) • I 2C Slave mode (10-bit address) • I 2C Slave mode (7-bit address), with START and STOP bit interrupts enabled to support Firmware Master mode • I 2C Slave mode (10-bit address), with START and STOP bit interrupts enabled to support Firmware Master mode • I 2C START and STOP bit interrupts enabled to support Firmware Master mode, Slave is IDLE 9.3.1 Shift Clock RC4/ SDI/ SDA The SSPCON register allows control of the I 2C operation. Four mode selection bits (SSPCON<3:0>) allow one of the following I 2C modes to be selected: I2C operation. SSP Control Register (SSPCON) SSP Status Register (SSPSTAT) Serial Receive/Transmit Buffer (SSPBUF) SSP Shift Register (SSPSR) - Not directly accessible SSP Address Register (SSPADD) b) The buffer full bit BF (SSPSTAT<0>) was set before the transfer was received. The overflow bit SSPOV (SSPCON<6>) was set before the transfer was received. In this case, the SSPSR register value is not loaded into the SSPBUF, but bit SSPIF (PIR1<3>) is set. Table 9-2 shows what happens when a data transfer byte is received, given the status of bits BF and SSPOV. The shaded cells show the condition where user software did not properly clear the overflow condition. Flag bit BF is cleared by reading the SSPBUF register, while bit SSPOV is cleared through software. The SCL clock input must have a minimum high and low for proper operation. The high and low times of the I2C specification, as well as the requirements of the SSP module, are shown in timing parameter #100 and parameter #101. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 65 PIC16F7X 9.3.1.1 Addressing Once the SSP module has been enabled, it waits for a START condition to occur. Following the START condition, the 8-bits are shifted into the SSPSR register. All incoming bits are sampled with the rising edge of the clock (SCL) line. The value of register SSPSR<7:1> is compared to the value of the SSPADD register. The address is compared on the falling edge of the eighth clock (SCL) pulse. If the addresses match, and the BF and SSPOV bits are clear, the following events occur: a) b) c) d) The SSPSR register value is loaded into the SSPBUF register. The buffer full bit, BF is set. An ACK pulse is generated. SSP interrupt flag bit, SSPIF (PIR1<3>) is set (interrupt is generated if enabled) - on the falling edge of the ninth SCL pulse. In 10-bit Address mode, two address bytes need to be received by the slave (Figure 9-7). The five Most Significant bits (MSbs) of the first address byte specify if this is a 10-bit address. Bit R/W (SSPSTAT<2>) must specify a write so the slave device will receive the second address byte. For a 10-bit address, the first byte would equal ‘1111 0 A9 A8 0’, where A9 and A8 are the two MSbs of the address. TABLE 9-2: The sequence of events for 10-bit address is as follows, with steps 7 - 9 for slave-transmitter: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Receive first (high) byte of address (bits SSPIF, BF, and bit UA (SSPSTAT<1>) are set). Update the SSPADD register with second (low) byte of address (clears bit UA and releases the SCL line). Read the SSPBUF register (clears bit BF) and clear flag bit SSPIF. Receive second (low) byte of address (bits SSPIF, BF, and UA are set). Update the SSPADD register with the first (high) byte of address, if match releases SCL line, this will clear bit UA. Read the SSPBUF register (clears bit BF) and clear flag bit SSPIF. Receive Repeated START condition. Receive first (high) byte of address (bits SSPIF and BF are set). Read the SSPBUF register (clears bit BF) and clear flag bit SSPIF. DATA TRANSFER RECEIVED BYTE ACTIONS Status Bits as Data Transfer is Received SSPSR → SSPBUF Generate ACK Pulse Set bit SSPIF (SSP Interrupt occurs if enabled) BF SSPOV 0 0 Yes Yes Yes 1 0 No No Yes 1 1 No No Yes 0 Note: 9.3.1.2 1 No No Yes Shaded cells show the conditions where the user software did not properly clear the overflow condition. Reception When the R/W bit of the address byte is clear and an address match occurs, the R/W bit of the SSPSTAT register is cleared. The received address is loaded into the SSPBUF register. An SSP interrupt is generated for each data transfer byte. Flag bit SSPIF (PIR1<3>) must be cleared in software. The SSPSTAT register is used to determine the status of the byte. When the address byte overflow condition exists, then no Acknowledge (ACK) pulse is given. An overflow condition is defined as either bit BF (SSPSTAT<0>) is set, or bit SSPOV (SSPCON<6>) is set. This is an error condition due to the user’s firmware. DS30325B-page 66 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X I 2C WAVEFORMS FOR RECEPTION (7-BIT ADDRESS) FIGURE 9-6: Receiving Address SCL R/W=0 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 SDA 1 S 2 3 4 5 6 7 ACK Receiving Data Receiving Data ACK ACK D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 9 1 8 2 SSPIF (PIR1<3>) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 5 4 8 7 6 9 Cleared in software BF (SSPSTAT<0>) P Bus Master terminates transfer SSPBUF register is read SSPOV (SSPCON<6>) Bit SSPOV is set because the SSPBUF register is still full. ACK is not sent. 9.3.1.3 An SSP interrupt is generated for each data transfer byte. Flag bit SSPIF must be cleared in software, and the SSPSTAT register is used to determine the status of the byte. Flag bit SSPIF is set on the falling edge of the ninth clock pulse. Transmission When the R/W bit of the incoming address byte is set and an address match occurs, the R/W bit of the SSPSTAT register is set. The received address is loaded into the SSPBUF register. The ACK pulse will be sent on the ninth bit, and pin RC3/SCK/SCL is held low. The transmit data must be loaded into the SSPBUF register, which also loads the SSPSR register. Then, pin RC3/SCK/SCL should be enabled by setting bit CKP (SSPCON<4>). The master must monitor the SCL pin prior to asserting another clock pulse. The slave devices may be holding off the master by stretching the clock. The eight data bits are shifted out on the falling edge of the SCL input. This ensures that the SDA signal is valid during the SCL high time (Figure 9-7). I 2C WAVEFORMS FOR TRANSMISSION (7-BIT ADDRESS) FIGURE 9-7: Receiving Address A7 SDA SCL S As a slave-transmitter, the ACK pulse from the masterreceiver is latched on the rising edge of the ninth SCL input pulse. If the SDA line was high (not ACK), then the data transfer is complete. When the ACK is latched by the slave, the slave logic is reset (resets SSPSTAT register) and the slave then monitors for another occurrence of the START bit. If the SDA line was low (ACK), the transmit data must be loaded into the SSPBUF register, which also loads the SSPSR register. Then pin RC3/SCK/SCL should be enabled by setting bit CKP. A6 1 2 Data in sampled R/W = 1 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 3 4 5 6 7 SSPIF (PIR1<3>) 8 9 ACK Transmitting Data ACK D7 1 SCL held low while CPU responds to SSPIF D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 P Cleared in software BF (SSPSTAT<0>) SSPBUF is written in software From SSP Interrupt Service Routine CKP (SSPCON<4>) Set bit after writing to SSPBUF (the SSPBUF must be written to before the CKP bit can be set) 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 67 PIC16F7X 9.3.2 MASTER MODE 9.3.3 Master mode of operation is supported in firmware using interrupt generation on the detection of the START and STOP conditions. The STOP (P) and START (S) bits are cleared from a RESET or when the SSP module is disabled. The STOP (P) and START (S) bits will toggle based on the START and STOP conditions. Control of the I 2C bus may be taken when the P bit is set, or the bus is IDLE and both the S and P bits are clear. MULTI-MASTER MODE In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the detection of the START and STOP conditions, allows the determination of when the bus is free. The STOP (P) and START (S) bits are cleared from a RESET or when the SSP module is disabled. The STOP (P) and START (S) bits will toggle based on the START and STOP conditions. Control of the I 2C bus may be taken when bit P (SSPSTAT<4>) is set, or the bus is IDLE and both the S and P bits clear. When the bus is busy, enabling the SSP Interrupt will generate the interrupt when the STOP condition occurs. In Master mode, the SCL and SDA lines are manipulated by clearing the corresponding TRISC<4:3> bit(s). The output level is always low, irrespective of the value(s) in PORTC<4:3>. So when transmitting data, a ’1’ data bit must have the TRISC<4> bit set (input) and a ’0’ data bit must have the TRISC<4> bit cleared (output). The same scenario is true for the SCL line with the TRISC<3> bit. Pull-up resistors must be provided externally to the SCL and SDA pins for proper operation of the I2C module. In Multi-Master operation, the SDA line must be monitored to see if the signal level is the expected output level. This check only needs to be done when a high level is output. If a high level is expected and a low level is present, the device needs to release the SDA and SCL lines (set TRISC<4:3>). There are two stages where this arbitration can be lost, these are: • Address Transfer • Data Transfer The following events will cause SSP Interrupt Flag bit, SSPIF, to be set (SSP Interrupt will occur if enabled): When the slave logic is enabled, the slave continues to receive. If arbitration was lost during the address transfer stage, communication to the device may be in progress. If addressed, an ACK pulse will be generated. If arbitration was lost during the data transfer stage, the device will need to retransfer the data at a later time. • START condition • STOP condition • Data transfer byte transmitted/received Master mode of operation can be done with either the Slave mode IDLE (SSPM3:SSPM0 = 1011), or with the Slave active. When both Master and Slave modes are enabled, the software needs to differentiate the source(s) of the interrupt. REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH I2C OPERATION TABLE 9-3: Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS 0Bh, 8Bh, 10Bh,18Bh INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u 0Ch PIR1 PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 13h SSPBUF Synchronous Serial Port Receive Buffer/Transmit Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 93h SSPADD Synchronous Serial Port (I2C mode) Address Register 0000 0000 0000 0000 14h SSPCON WCOL SSPOV SSPEN 0000 0000 0000 0000 94h SSPSTAT SMP(2) CKE(2) 0000 0000 0000 0000 87h TRISC 1111 1111 1111 1111 CKP D/A PORTC Data Direction Register P SSPM3 SSPM2 SSPM1 SSPM0 S R/W UA BF Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as ’0’. Shaded cells are not used by SSP module in I2C mode. Note 1: PSPIF and PSPIE are reserved on the PIC16F73/76; always maintain these bits clear. 2: Maintain these bits clear in I2C mode. DS30325B-page 68 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 10.0 UNIVERSAL SYNCHRONOUS ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER TRANSMITTER (USART) The USART can be configured in the following modes: • Asynchronous (full duplex) • Synchronous - Master (half duplex) • Synchronous - Slave (half duplex) The Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART) module is one of the two serial I/O modules. (USART is also known as a Serial Communications Interface or SCI.) The USART can be configured as a full duplex asynchronous system that can communicate with peripheral devices, such as CRT terminals and personal computers, or it can be configured as a half duplex synchronous system that can communicate with peripheral devices, such as A/D or D/A integrated circuits, serial EEPROMs, etc. REGISTER 10-1: Bit SPEN (RCSTA<7>) and bits TRISC<7:6> have to be set in order to configure pins RC6/TX/CK and RC7/RX/DT as the Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter. TXSTA: TRANSMIT STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (ADDRESS 98h) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R-1 R/W-0 CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 CSRC: Clock Source Select bit Asynchronous mode: Don’t care Synchronous mode: 1 = Master mode (clock generated internally from BRG) 0 = Slave mode (clock from external source) bit 6 TX9: 9-bit Transmit Enable bit 1 = Selects 9-bit transmission 0 = Selects 8-bit transmission bit 5 TXEN: Transmit Enable bit 1 = Transmit enabled 0 = Transmit disabled bit 4 SYNC: USART Mode Select bit 1 = Synchronous mode 0 = Asynchronous mode bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 2 BRGH: High Baud Rate Select bit Asynchronous mode: 1 = High speed 0 = Low speed Synchronous mode: Unused in this mode bit 1 TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Status bit 1 = TSR empty 0 = TSR full bit 0 TX9D: 9th bit of Transmit Data Can be parity bit Note: SREN/CREN overrides TXEN in Sync mode. Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS30325B-page 69 PIC16F7X REGISTER 10-2: RCSTA: RECEIVE STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (ADDRESS 18h) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-x SPEN RX9 SREN CREN — FERR OERR RX9D bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 SPEN: Serial Port Enable bit 1 = Serial port enabled (configures RC7/RX/DT and RC6/TX/CK pins as serial port pins) 0 = Serial port disabled bit 6 RX9: 9-bit Receive Enable bit 1 = Selects 9-bit reception 0 = Selects 8-bit reception bit 5 SREN: Single Receive Enable bit Asynchronous mode: Don’t care Synchronous mode - Master: 1 = Enables single receive 0 = Disables single receive This bit is cleared after reception is complete. Synchronous mode - Slave: Don’t care bit 4 CREN: Continuous Receive Enable bit Asynchronous mode: 1 = Enables continuous receive 0 = Disables continuous receive Synchronous mode: 1 = Enables continuous receive until enable bit CREN is cleared (CREN overrides SREN) 0 = Disables continuous receive bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 2 FERR: Framing Error bit 1 = Framing error (can be updated by reading RCREG register and receive next valid byte) 0 = No framing error bit 1 OERR: Overrun Error bit 1 = Overrun error (can be cleared by clearing bit CREN) 0 = No overrun error bit 0 RX9D: 9th bit of Received Data Can be parity bit (parity to be calculated by firmware) Legend: DS30325B-page 70 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 10.1 USART Baud Rate Generator (BRG) It may be advantageous to use the high baud rate (BRGH = 1), even for slower baud clocks. This is because the FOSC/(16(X + 1)) equation can reduce the baud rate error in some cases. The BRG supports both the Asynchronous and Synchronous modes of the USART. It is a dedicated 8-bit baud rate generator. The SPBRG register controls the period of a free running 8-bit timer. In Asynchronous mode, bit BRGH (TXSTA<2>) also controls the baud rate. In Synchronous mode, bit BRGH is ignored. Table 10-1 shows the formula for computation of the baud rate for different USART modes which only apply in Master mode (internal clock). Writing a new value to the SPBRG register causes the BRG timer to be reset (or cleared). This ensures the BRG does not wait for a timer overflow before outputting the new baud rate. 10.1.1 The data on the RC7/RX/DT pin is sampled three times by a majority detect circuit to determine if a high or a low level is present at the RX pin. Given the desired baud rate and FOSC, the nearest integer value for the SPBRG register can be calculated using the formula in Table 10-1. From this, the error in baud rate can be determined. TABLE 10-1: SAMPLING BAUD RATE FORMULA SYNC BRGH = 0 (Low Speed) BRGH = 1 (High Speed) 0 1 (Asynchronous) Baud Rate = FOSC/(64(X+1)) (Synchronous) Baud Rate = FOSC/(4(X+1)) Baud Rate = FOSC/(16(X+1)) N/A X = value in SPBRG (0 to 255) TABLE 10-2: Address REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH BAUD RATE GENERATOR Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 98h TXSTA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT 18h RCSTA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN — FERR OERR RX9D 99h SPBRG Baud Rate Generator Register Value on: POR, BOR TX9D 0000 -010 Value on all other RESETS 0000 -010 0000 -00x 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 0000 Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented, read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by the BRG. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 71 PIC16F7X TABLE 10-3: BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODE (BRGH = 0) FOSC = 20 MHz BAUD RATE FOSC = 16 MHz BAUD % ERROR SPBRG VALUE (DECIMAL) 1200 1,221 1.73% 2400 2,404 0.16% 9600 9,470 19,200 38,400 57,600 FOSC = 10 MHz BAUD % ERROR SPBRG VALUE (DECIMAL) BAUD % ERROR SPBRG VALUE (DECIMAL) 255 1,202 0.16% 129 2,404 0.16% 207 1,202 0.16% 129 103 2,404 0.16% -1.36% 32 9,615 64 0.16% 25 9,766 1.73% 15 19,531 1.73% 15 39,063 1.73% 7 19,231 0.16% 12 19,531 1.73% 7 35,714 -6.99% 6 39,063 1.73% 62,500 8.51% 4 62,500 3 8.51% 3 52,083 -9.58% 2 76,800 78,125 1.73% 3 83,333 8.51% 2 78,125 1.73% 1 96,000 104,167 8.51% 2 83,333 -13.19% 2 78,125 -18.62% 1 115,200 104,167 -9.58% 2 125,000 8.51% 1 78,125 -32.18% 1 250,000 312,500 25.00% 0 250,000 0.00% 0 156,250 -37.50% 0 FOSC = 4 MHz BAUD RATE BAUD FOSC = 3.6864 MHz % ERROR SPBRG VALUE (DECIMAL) BAUD FOSC = 3.579545 MHz % ERROR SPBRG VALUE (DECIMAL) BAUD % ERROR SPBRG VALUE (DECIMAL) 300 300 0.16% 207 300 0.00% 191 301 0.23% 185 1200 1,202 0.16% 51 1,200 0.00% 47 1,190 -0.83% 46 2400 2,404 0.16% 25 2,400 0.00% 23 2,432 1.32% 22 9600 8,929 -6.99% 6 9,600 0.00% 5 9,322 -2.90% 5 19,200 20,833 8.51% 2 19,200 0.00% 2 18,643 -2.90% 2 38,400 31,250 -18.62% 1 28,800 -25.00% 1 27,965 -27.17% 1 57,600 62,500 8.51% 0 76,800 62,500 -18.62% 0 57,600 — 0.00% — 0 — 55,930 — -2.90% — 0 — TABLE 10-4: BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODE (BRGH = 1) FOSC = 20 MHz BAUD RATE BAUD % ERROR FOSC = 16 MHz SPBRG VALUE (DECIMAL) BAUD % ERROR FOSC = 10 MHz SPBRG VALUE (DECIMAL) BAUD % ERROR SPBRG VALUE (DECIMAL) 255 2400 — — — — — — 2,441 1.73% 9600 9,615 0.16% 129 9,615 0.16% 103 9,615 0.16% 64 19,200 19,231 0.16% 64 19,231 0.16% 51 18,939 -1.36% 32 38,400 37,879 -1.36% 32 38,462 0.16% 25 39,063 1.73% 15 57,600 56,818 -1.36% 21 58,824 2.12% 16 56,818 -1.36% 10 76,800 78,125 1.73% 15 76,923 0.16% 12 78,125 1.73% 7 96,000 96,154 0.16% 12 100,000 4.17% 9 89,286 -6.99% 6 115,200 113,636 -1.36% 10 111,111 -3.55% 8 125,000 8.51% 4 250,000 250,000 0.00% 4 250,000 0.00% 3 208,333 -16.67% 2 300,000 312,500 4.17% 3 333,333 11.11% 2 312,500 4.17% 1 FOSC = 4 MHz BAUD RATE (K) BAUD % ERROR FOSC = 3.6864 MHz SPBRG VALUE (DECIMAL) BAUD FOSC = 3.579545 MHz % ERROR SPBRG VALUE (DECIMAL) BAUD % ERROR SPBRG VALUE (DECIMAL) 185 1200 2400 1,202 0.16% 207 1,200 0.00% 191 1,203 0.23% 2,404 0.16% 103 2,400 0.00% 95 2,406 0.23% 92 9600 9,615 0.16% 25 9,600 0.00% 23 9,727 1.32% 22 19,200 19,231 0.16% 12 19,200 0.00% 11 18,643 -2.90% 11 38,400 35,714 -6.99% 6 38,400 0.00% 5 37,287 -2.90% 5 57,600 62,500 8.51% 3 57,600 0.00% 3 55,930 -2.90% 3 76,800 83,333 8.51% 2 76,800 0.00% 2 74,574 -2.90% 2 96,000 83,333 -13.19% 2 115,200 20.00% 1 111,861 16.52% 1 115,200 125,000 8.51% 1 115,200 0.00% 1 111,861 -2.90% 1 250,000 250,000 0.00% 0 230,400 -7.84% 0 223,722 -10.51% 0 DS30325B-page 72 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 10.2 USART Asynchronous Mode are set. The TXIF interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit TXIE (PIE1<4>). Flag bit TXIF will be set, regardless of the state of enable bit TXIE and cannot be cleared in software. It will reset only when new data is loaded into the TXREG register. While flag bit TXIF indicates the status of the TXREG register, another bit TRMT (TXSTA<1>) shows the status of the TSR register. Status bit TRMT is a read only bit, which is set one instruction cycle after the TSR register becomes empty, and is cleared one instruction cycle after the TSR register is loaded. No interrupt logic is tied to this bit, so the user has to poll this bit in order to determine if the TSR register is empty. In this mode, the USART uses standard non-return-tozero (NRZ) format (one START bit, eight or nine data bits, and one STOP bit). The most common data format is 8-bits. An on-chip, dedicated, 8-bit baud rate generator can be used to derive standard baud rate frequencies from the oscillator. The USART transmits and receives the LSb first. The USART’s transmitter and receiver are functionally independent, but use the same data format and baud rate. The baud rate generator produces a clock, either x16 or x64 of the bit shift rate, depending on bit BRGH (TXSTA<2>). Parity is not supported by the hardware, but can be implemented in software (and stored as the ninth data bit). Asynchronous mode is stopped during SLEEP. Note 1: The TSR register is not mapped in data memory, so it is not available to the user. 2: Flag bit TXIF is set when enable bit TXEN is set. TXIF is cleared by loading TXREG. Asynchronous mode is selected by clearing bit SYNC (TXSTA<4>). Transmission is enabled by setting enable bit TXEN (TXSTA<5>). The actual transmission will not occur until the TXREG register has been loaded with data and the baud rate generator (BRG) has produced a shift clock (Figure 10-2). The transmission can also be started by first loading the TXREG register and then setting enable bit TXEN. Normally, when transmission is first started, the TSR register is empty. At that point, transfer to the TXREG register will result in an immediate transfer to TSR, resulting in an empty TXREG. A back-to-back transfer is thus possible (Figure 10-3). Clearing enable bit TXEN during a transmission will cause the transmission to be aborted and will reset the transmitter. As a result, the RC6/TX/CK pin will revert to hi-impedance. The USART Asynchronous module consists of the following important elements: • • • • Baud Rate Generator Sampling Circuit Asynchronous Transmitter Asynchronous Receiver 10.2.1 USART ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMITTER The USART transmitter block diagram is shown in Figure 10-1. The heart of the transmitter is the transmit (serial) shift register (TSR). The shift register obtains its data from the read/write transmit buffer, TXREG. The TXREG register is loaded with data by firmware. The TSR register is not loaded until the STOP bit has been transmitted from the previous load. As soon as the STOP bit is transmitted, the TSR is loaded with new data from the TXREG register (if available). Once the TXREG register transfers the data to the TSR register, the TXREG register is empty. One instruction cycle later, flag bit TXIF (PIR1<4>) and flag bit TRMT (TXSTA<1>) FIGURE 10-1: In order to select 9-bit transmission, transmit bit TX9 (TXSTA<6>) should be set and the ninth bit should be written to TX9D (TXSTA<0>). The ninth bit must be written before writing the 8-bit data to the TXREG register. This is because a data write to the TXREG register can result in an immediate transfer of the data to the TSR register (if the TSR is empty). In such a case, an incorrect ninth data bit may be loaded in the TSR register. USART TRANSMIT BLOCK DIAGRAM Data Bus TXIF TXREG Register TXIE 8 MSb (8) • • • LSb 0 Pin Buffer and Control TSR Register RC6/TX/CK pin Interrupt TXEN Baud Rate CLK TRMT SPEN SPBRG Baud Rate Generator TX9 TX9D 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 73 PIC16F7X Steps to follow when setting up an Asynchronous Transmission: 5. 1. 6. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate baud rate. If a high speed baud rate is desired, set bit BRGH (Section 10.1). Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing bit SYNC and setting bit SPEN. If interrupts are desired, then set enable bit TXIE. If 9-bit transmission is desired, then set transmit bit TX9. 2. 3. 4. FIGURE 10-2: Enable the transmission by setting bit TXEN, which will also set bit TXIF. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit should be loaded in bit TX9D. Load data to the TXREG register (starts transmission). If using interrupts, ensure that GIE and PEIE in the INTCON register are set. 7. 8. ASYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION Write to TXREG Word 1 BRG Output (Shift Clock) RC6/TX/CK (pin) START Bit Bit 0 Bit 1 Word 1 TXIF bit (Transmit Buffer Reg. Empty Flag) TRMT bit (Transmit Shift Reg. Empty Flag) Bit 7/8 STOP Bit Word 1 Transmit Shift Reg FIGURE 10-3: ASYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION (BACK TO BACK) Write to TXREG RC6/TX/CK (pin) TXIF bit (Interrupt Reg. Flag) TRMT bit (Transmit Shift Reg. Empty Flag) Word 2 Word 1 BRG Output (Shift Clock) START Bit Bit 0 Bit 1 Word 1 Bit 7/8 Word 1 Transmit Shift Reg. STOP Bit START Bit Word 2 Bit 0 Word 2 Transmit Shift Reg. Note: This timing diagram shows two consecutive transmissions. TABLE 10-5: Address REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION Name 0Bh, 8Bh, INTCON 10Bh,18Bh Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 SPEN RX9 SREN CREN — FERR OERR RX9D 0000 -00x 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 0000 0Ch PIR1 18h RCSTA 19h TXREG 8Ch PIE1 98h TXSTA 99h SPBRG Baud Rate Generator Register USART Transmit Register PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SSPIE CCP1IE — BRGH TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 0000 0000 0000 0000 Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented locations read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for asynchronous transmission. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16F73/76; always maintain these bits clear. DS30325B-page 74 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 10.2.2 USART ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER The receiver block diagram is shown in Figure 10-4. The data is received on the RC7/RX/DT pin and drives the data recovery block. The data recovery block is actually a high speed shifter operating at x16 times the baud rate, whereas the main receive serial shifter operates at the bit rate, or at FOSC. Once Asynchronous mode is selected, reception is enabled by setting bit CREN (RCSTA<4>). The heart of the receiver is the receive (serial) shift register (RSR). After sampling the STOP bit, the received data in the RSR is transferred to the RCREG register (if it is empty). If the transfer is complete, flag bit RCIF (PIR1<5>) is set. The actual interrupt can be enabled/ disabled by setting/clearing enable bit RCIE (PIE1<5>). Flag bit RCIF is a read only bit which is cleared by the hardware. It is cleared when the RCREG register has been read and is empty. The RCREG is a double buffered register (i.e., it is a two deep FIFO). It FIGURE 10-4: is possible for two bytes of data to be received and transferred to the RCREG FIFO and a third byte to begin shifting to the RSR register. On the detection of the STOP bit of the third byte, if the RCREG register is still full, the overrun error bit OERR (RCSTA<1>) will be set. The word in the RSR will be lost. The RCREG register can be read twice to retrieve the two bytes in the FIFO. Overrun bit OERR has to be cleared in software. This is done by resetting the receive logic (CREN is cleared and then set). If bit OERR is set, transfers from the RSR register to the RCREG register are inhibited and no further data will be received, therefore, it is essential to clear error bit OERR if it is set. Framing error bit FERR (RCSTA<2>) is set if a STOP bit is detected as clear. Bit FERR and the 9th receive bit are buffered the same way as the receive data. Reading the RCREG will load bits RX9D and FERR with new values, therefore, it is essential for the user to read the RCSTA register before reading RCREG register, in order not to lose the old FERR and RX9D information. USART RECEIVE BLOCK DIAGRAM x64 Baud Rate CLK FERR OERR CREN FOSC SPBRG Baud Rate Generator ÷64 or ÷16 RSR Register MSb STOP (8) 7 • • • 1 LSb 0 START RC7/RX/DT Pin Buffer and Control Data Recovery RX9 RX9D SPEN RCREG Register FIFO 8 Interrupt RCIF Data Bus RCIE 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 75 PIC16F7X FIGURE 10-5: ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION START bit bit0 RX (pin) bit1 bit7/8 STOP bit Rcv Shift Reg Rcv Buffer Reg START bit0 bit bit7/8 STOP bit bit7/8 STOP bit Word 2 RCREG Word 1 RCREG Read Rcv Buffer reg RCREG START bit RCIF (Interrupt Flag) OERR bit CREN Note: This timing diagram shows three words appearing on the RX input. The RCREG (receive buffer) is read after the third word, causing the OERR (overrun) bit to be set. An overrun error indicates an error in user firmware. 6. Flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is complete and an interrupt will be generated if enable bit RCIE is set. 7. Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if enabled) and determine if any error occurred during reception. 8. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the RCREG register. 9. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing enable bit CREN. 10. If using interrupts, ensure that GIE and PEIE in the INTCON register are set. Steps to follow when setting up an Asynchronous Reception: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate baud rate. If a high speed baud rate is desired, set bit BRGH (Section 10.1). Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing bit SYNC and setting bit SPEN. If interrupts are desired, then set enable bit RCIE. If 9-bit reception is desired, then set bit RX9. Enable the reception by setting bit CREN. TABLE 10-6: Address REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION Name 0Bh, 8Bh, INTCON 10Bh,18Bh 0Ch PIR1 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 SPEN RX9 SREN CREN — FERR OERR RX9D 0000 -00x 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 0000 18h RCSTA 1Ah RCREG USART Receive Register 8Ch PIE1 (1) 98h TXSTA 99h SPBRG Baud Rate Generator Register PSPIE CSRC ADIE RCIE TXIE TX9 TXEN SYNC SSPIE CCP1IE — BRGH TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 0000 0000 0000 0000 Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented locations read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for asynchronous reception. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16F73/76 devices; always maintain these bits clear. DS30325B-page 76 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 10.3 USART Synchronous Master Mode In Synchronous Master mode, the data is transmitted in a half-duplex manner (i.e., transmission and reception do not occur at the same time). When transmitting data, the reception is inhibited and vice versa. Synchronous mode is entered by setting bit SYNC (TXSTA<4>). In addition, enable bit SPEN (RCSTA<7>) is set in order to configure the RC6/TX/CK and RC7/RX/DT I/O pins to CK (clock) and DT (data) lines, respectively. The Master mode indicates that the processor transmits the master clock on the CK line. The Master mode is entered by setting bit CSRC (TXSTA<7>). 10.3.1 USART SYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION The USART transmitter block diagram is shown in Figure 10-1. The heart of the transmitter is the transmit (serial) shift register (TSR). The shift register obtains its data from the read/write transmit buffer register TXREG. The TXREG register is loaded with data in software. The TSR register is not loaded until the last bit has been transmitted from the previous load. As soon as the last bit is transmitted, the TSR is loaded with new data from the TXREG (if available). Once the TXREG register transfers the data to the TSR register (occurs in one TCYCLE), the TXREG is empty and interrupt bit TXIF (PIR1<4>) is set. The interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit TXIE (PIE1<4>). Flag bit TXIF will be set, regardless of the state of enable bit TXIE and cannot be cleared in software. It will reset only when new data is loaded into the TXREG register. While flag bit TXIF indicates the status of the TXREG register, another bit TRMT (TXSTA<1>) shows the status of the TSR register. TRMT is a read only bit, which is set when the TSR is empty. No interrupt logic is tied to this bit, so the user has to poll this bit in order to determine if the TSR register is empty. The TSR is not mapped in data memory, so it is not available to the user. Transmission is enabled by setting enable bit TXEN (TXSTA<5>). The actual transmission will not occur until the TXREG register has been loaded with data. The first data bit will be shifted out on the next available rising edge of the clock on the CK line. Data out is stable around the falling edge of the synchronous clock (Figure 10-6). The transmission can also be started by first loading the TXREG register and then setting bit TXEN (Figure 10-7). This is advantageous when slow baud rates are selected, since the BRG is kept in RESET when bits TXEN, CREN and SREN are clear. Setting enable bit TXEN will start the BRG, creating a shift clock immediately. Normally, when transmission is first started, the TSR register is empty, so a transfer to the TXREG register will result in an immediate transfer to TSR, resulting in an empty TXREG. Back-to-back transfers are possible. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. Clearing enable bit TXEN during a transmission will cause the transmission to be aborted and will reset the transmitter. The DT and CK pins will revert to hiimpedance. If either bit CREN or bit SREN is set during a transmission, the transmission is aborted and the DT pin reverts to a hi-impedance state (for a reception). The CK pin will remain an output if bit CSRC is set (internal clock). The transmitter logic, however, is not reset, although it is disconnected from the pins. In order to reset the transmitter, the user has to clear bit TXEN. If bit SREN is set (to interrupt an on-going transmission and receive a single word), then after the single word is received, bit SREN will be cleared and the serial port will revert back to transmitting, since bit TXEN is still set. The DT line will immediately switch from Hiimpedance Receive mode to transmit and start driving. To avoid this, bit TXEN should be cleared. In order to select 9-bit transmission, the TX9 (TXSTA<6>) bit should be set and the ninth bit should be written to bit TX9D (TXSTA<0>). The ninth bit must be written before writing the 8-bit data to the TXREG register. This is because a data write to the TXREG can result in an immediate transfer of the data to the TSR register (if the TSR is empty). If the TSR was empty and the TXREG was written before writing the “new” TX9D, the “present” value of bit TX9D is loaded. Steps to follow when setting up a Synchronous Master Transmission: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate baud rate (Section 10.1). Enable the synchronous master serial port by setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC. If interrupts are desired, set enable bit TXIE. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set bit TX9. Enable the transmission by setting bit TXEN. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit should be loaded in bit TX9D. Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG register. If using interrupts, ensure that GIE and PEIE in the INTCON register are set. DS30325B-page 77 PIC16F7X FIGURE 10-6: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION Q1Q2 Q3Q4 Q1 Q2Q3 Q4Q1 Q2Q3 Q4Q1 Q2Q3 Q4Q1 Q2 Q3Q4 RC7/RX/DT pin bit 0 bit 1 Word 1 Q3Q4 Q1Q2 Q3Q4 Q1Q2 Q3Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4Q1 Q2Q3 Q4Q1 Q2Q3 Q4Q1 Q2Q3 Q4 bit 2 bit 7 bit 0 bit 1 Word 2 bit 7 RC6/TX/CK pin Write to TXREG reg Write Word 1 Write Word 2 TXIF bit (Interrupt Flag) TRMTTRMT bit TXEN bit ’1’ ’1’ Note: Sync Master mode; SPBRG = ’0’. Continuous transmission of two 8-bit words. FIGURE 10-7: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (THROUGH TXEN) RC7/RX/DT pin bit0 bit1 bit2 bit6 bit7 RC6/TX/CK pin Write to TXREG reg TXIF bit TRMT bit TXEN bit TABLE 10-7: Address REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION Name 0Bh, 8Bh, INTCON 10Bh,18Bh Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 SPEN RX9 SREN CREN RX9D 0000 -00x 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 -010 0000 -010 0000 0000 0000 0000 0Ch PIR1 18h RCSTA 19h TXREG USART Transmit Register 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC 98h TXSTA 99h SPBRG Baud Rate Generator Register — FERR OERR SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE — BRGH TRMT TX9D Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented, read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous master transmission. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16F73/76 devices; always maintain these bits clear. DS30325B-page 78 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 10.3.2 USART SYNCHRONOUS MASTER RECEPTION receive data. Reading the RCREG register will load bit RX9D with a new value, therefore, it is essential for the user to read the RCSTA register before reading RCREG, in order not to lose the old RX9D information. Once synchronous mode is selected, reception is enabled by setting either enable bit SREN (RCSTA<5>), or enable bit CREN (RCSTA<4>). Data is sampled on the RC7/RX/DT pin on the falling edge of the clock. If enable bit SREN is set, then only a single word is received. If enable bit CREN is set, the reception is continuous until CREN is cleared. If both bits are set, CREN takes precedence. After clocking the last bit, the received data in the Receive Shift Register (RSR) is transferred to the RCREG register (if it is empty). When the transfer is complete, interrupt flag bit RCIF (PIR1<5>) is set. The actual interrupt can be enabled/ disabled by setting/clearing enable bit RCIE (PIE1<5>). Flag bit RCIF is a read only bit, which is reset by the hardware. In this case, it is reset when the RCREG register has been read and is empty. The RCREG is a double buffered register (i.e., it is a two deep FIFO). It is possible for two bytes of data to be received and transferred to the RCREG FIFO and a third byte to begin shifting into the RSR register. On the clocking of the last bit of the third byte, if the RCREG register is still full, then overrun error bit OERR (RCSTA<1>) is set. The word in the RSR will be lost. The RCREG register can be read twice to retrieve the two bytes in the FIFO. Bit OERR has to be cleared in software (by clearing bit CREN). If bit OERR is set, transfers from the RSR to the RCREG are inhibited, so it is essential to clear bit OERR if it is set. The ninth receive bit is buffered the same way as the FIGURE 10-8: Steps to follow when setting up a Synchronous Master Reception: 1. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate baud rate (Section 10.1). 2. Enable the synchronous master serial port by setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC. 3. Ensure bits CREN and SREN are clear. 4. If interrupts are desired, then set enable bit RCIE. 5. If 9-bit reception is desired, then set bit RX9. 6. If a single reception is required, set bit SREN. For continuous reception set bit CREN. 7. Interrupt flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is complete and an interrupt will be generated if enable bit RCIE was set. 8. Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if enabled) and determine if any error occurred during reception. 9. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the RCREG register. 10. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing bit CREN. 11. If using interrupts, ensure that GIE and PEIE in the INTCON register are set. SYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION (MASTER MODE, SREN) Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 RC7/RX/DT pin bit0 bit1 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit5 bit6 bit7 RC6/TX/CK pin Write to bit SREN SREN bit CREN bit ’0’ ’0’ RCIF bit (Interrupt) Read RXREG Note: Timing diagram demonstrates Sync Master mode with bit SREN = ’1’ and bit BRG = ’0’. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 79 PIC16F7X TABLE 10-8: Address REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER RECEPTION Name 0Bh, 8Bh, INTCON 10Bh,18Bh Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 SPEN RX9 SREN CREN — FERR OERR 0Ch PIR1 18h RCSTA 1Ah RCREG USART Receive Register 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE 98h TXSTA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC 99h SPBRG RX9D 0000 -00x 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 0000 SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 — BRGH Baud Rate Generator Register TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 0000 0000 0000 0000 Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented, read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous master reception. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16F73/76 devices; always maintain these bits clear. 10.4 USART Synchronous Slave Mode Synchronous Slave mode differs from the Master mode, in that the shift clock is supplied externally at the RC6/TX/CK pin (instead of being supplied internally in Master mode). This allows the device to transfer or receive data while in SLEEP mode. Slave mode is entered by clearing bit CSRC (TXSTA<7>). 10.4.1 USART SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE TRANSMIT The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave modes are identical except in the case of the SLEEP mode. Follow these steps when setting up a Synchronous Slave Transmission: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. If two words are written to the TXREG and then the SLEEP instruction is executed, the following will occur: 7. a) 8. b) c) d) e) The first word will immediately transfer to the TSR register and transmit when the master device drives the CK line. The second word will remain in TXREG register. Flag bit TXIF will not be set. When the first word has been shifted out of TSR, the TXREG register will transfer the second word to the TSR and flag bit TXIF will now be set. If enable bit TXIE is set, the interrupt will wake the chip from SLEEP and if the global interrupt is enabled, the program will branch to the interrupt vector (0004h). DS30325B-page 80 Enable the synchronous slave serial port by setting bits SYNC and SPEN and clearing bit CSRC. Clear bits CREN and SREN. If interrupts are desired, then set enable bit TXIE. If 9-bit transmission is desired, then set bit TX9. Enable the transmission by setting enable bit TXEN. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit should be loaded in bit TX9D. Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG register. If using interrupts, ensure that GIE and PEIE in the INTCON register are set. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X TABLE 10-9: Address REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE TRANSMISSION Name 0Bh, 8Bh, INTCON 10Bh,18Bh Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN 0000 000x 0000 000x 0000 0000 0000 0000 CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 0Ch PIR1 18h RCSTA 19h TXREG USART Transmit Register 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE 98h TXSTA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — 99h SPBRG FERR BRGH OERR TRMT RX9D TX9D Baud Rate Generator Register 0000 -010 0000 -010 0000 0000 0000 0000 Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented, read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous slave transmission. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16F73/76 devices; always maintain these bits clear. 10.4.2 Follow these steps when setting up a Synchronous Slave Reception: USART SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE RECEPTION 1. The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave modes is identical, except in the case of the SLEEP mode. Bit SREN is a “don't care” in Slave mode. 2. 3. 4. 5. If receive is enabled by setting bit CREN prior to the SLEEP instruction, then a word may be received during SLEEP. On completely receiving the word, the RSR register will transfer the data to the RCREG register and if enable bit RCIE bit is set, the interrupt generated will wake the chip from SLEEP. If the global interrupt is enabled, the program will branch to the interrupt vector (0004h). 6. 7. 8. 9. Enable the synchronous master serial port by setting bits SYNC and SPEN and clearing bit CSRC. If interrupts are desired, set enable bit RCIE. If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit RX9. To enable reception, set enable bit CREN. Flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is complete and an interrupt will be generated, if enable bit RCIE was set. Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if enabled) and determine if any error occurred during reception. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the RCREG register. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing bit CREN. If using interrupts, ensure that GIE and PEIE in the INTCON register are set. TABLE 10-10: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE RECEPTION Address Name 0Bh, 8Bh, INTCON 10Bh,18Bh Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other RESETS GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 SPEN RX9 SREN FERR OERR RX9D 0000 000x 0000 000x 0000 0000 0000 0000 CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 0Ch PIR1 18h RCSTA 1Ah RCREG USART Receive Register 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE 98h TXSTA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — 99h SPBRG CREN ADDEN Baud Rate Generator Register BRGH TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 0000 0000 0000 0000 Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented, read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous slave reception. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16F73/76 devices, always maintain these bits clear. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 81 PIC16F7X NOTES: DS30325B-page 82 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 11.0 ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER (A/D) MODULE The A/D module has three registers. These registers are: • A/D Result Register ((ADRES) • A/D Control Register 0 (ADCON0) • A/D Control Register 1 ((ADCON1) The 8-bit analog-to-digital (A/D) converter module has five inputs for the PIC16F73/76 and eight for the PIC16F74/77. The A/D allows conversion of an analog input signal to a corresponding 8-bit digital number. The output of the sample and hold is the input into the converter, which generates the result via successive approximation. The analog reference voltage is software selectable to either the device’s positive supply voltage (VDD), or the voltage level on the RA3/AN3/VREF pin. The A/D converter has a unique feature of being able to operate while the device is in SLEEP mode. To operate in SLEEP, the A/D conversion clock must be derived from the A/D’s internal RC oscillator. REGISTER 11-1: The ADCON0 register, shown in Register 11-1, controls the operation of the A/D module. The ADCON1 register, shown in Register 11-2, configures the functions of the port pins. The port pins can be configured as analog inputs (RA3 can also be a voltage reference), or as digital I/O. Additional information on using the A/D module can be found in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023) and in Application Note, AN546 (DS00546). ADCON0 REGISTER (ADDRESS 1Fh) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 ADCS1 ADCS0 CHS2 CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE — ADON bit 7 bit 0 bit 7-6 ADCS1:ADCS0: A/D Conversion Clock Select bits 00 = FOSC/2 01 = FOSC/8 10 = FOSC/32 11 = FRC (clock derived from the internal A/D module RC oscillator) bit 5-3 CHS2:CHS0: Analog Channel Select bits 000 = Channel 0 (RA0/AN0) 001 = Channel 1 (RA1/AN1) 010 = Channel 2 (RA2/AN2) 011 = Channel 3 (RA3/AN3) 100 = Channel 4 (RA5/AN4) 101 = Channel 5 (RE0/AN5)(1) 110 = Channel 6 (RE1/AN6)(1) 111 = Channel 7 (RE2/AN7)(1) bit 2 GO/DONE: A/D Conversion Status bit If ADON = 1: 1 = A/D conversion in progress (setting this bit starts the A/D conversion) 0 = A/D conversion not in progress (this bit is automatically cleared by hardware when the A/D conversion is complete) bit 1 Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 0 ADON: A/D On bit 1 = A/D converter module is operating 0 = A/D converter module is shut-off and consumes no operating current Note 1: A/D channels 5, 6 and 7 are implemented on the PIC16F74/77 only. Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS30325B-page 83 PIC16F7X REGISTER 11-2: ADCON1 REGISTER (ADDRESS 9Fh) U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 bit 7 bit 0 bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 2-0 PCFG2:PCFG0: A/D Port Configuration Control bits PCFG2:PCFG0 RA0 RA1 RA2 RA5 RA3 000 001 010 011 100 101 11x A A A A A A D A A A A A A D A A A A D D D A A A A D D D A VREF A VREF A VREF D RE0(1) RE1(1) RE2(1) A A D D D D D A A D D D D D A A D D D D D VREF VDD RA3 VDD RA3 VDD RA3 VDD A = Analog input D = Digital I/O Note 1: RE0, RE1 and RE2 are implemented on the PIC16F74/77 only. Legend: DS30325B-page 84 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset ’1’ = Bit is set ’0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X The following steps should be followed for doing an A/D conversion: 4. 1. 5. 2. 3. Configure the A/D module: • Configure analog pins, voltage reference, and digital I/O (ADCON1) • Select A/D conversion clock (ADCON0) • Turn on A/D module (ADCON0) Configure the A/D interrupt (if desired): • Clear ADIF bit • Set ADIE bit • Set PEIE bit • Set GIE bit Select an A/D input channel (ADCON0). FIGURE 11-1: 6. Wait for at least an appropriate acquisition period. Start conversion: • Set GO/DONE bit (ADCON0) Wait for the A/D conversion to complete, by either: • Polling for the GO/DONE bit to be cleared (interrupts disabled) OR 7. 8. • Waiting for the A/D interrupt Read A/D result register (ADRES), and clear bit ADIF if required. For next conversion, go to step 3 or step 4, as required. A/D BLOCK DIAGRAM CHS2:CHS0 111 110 101 RE2/AN7(1) RE1/AN6(1) RE0/AN5(1) 100 RA5/AN4 VIN 011 (Input Voltage) RA3/AN3/VREF 010 RA2/AN2 A/D Converter 001 RA1/AN1 VREF VDD 000 or 010 or 100 or 11x (Reference Voltage) 000 RA0/AN0 001 or 011 or 101 PCFG2:PCFG0 Note 1: Not available on PIC16F73/76. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 85 PIC16F7X 11.1 A/D Acquisition Requirements The maximum recommended impedance for analog sources is 10 kΩ. After the analog input channel is selected (changed), the acquisition period must pass before the conversion can be started. For the A/D converter to meet its specified accuracy, the charge holding capacitor (CHOLD) must be allowed to fully charge to the input channel voltage level. The analog input model is shown in Figure 11-2. The source impedance (RS) and the internal sampling switch (RSS) impedance directly affect the time required to charge the capacitor CHOLD. The sampling switch (RSS) impedance varies over the device voltage (VDD), see Figure 11-2. The source impedance affects the offset voltage at the analog input (due to pin leakage current). FIGURE 11-2: To calculate the minimum acquisition time, TACQ, see the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023). In general, however, given a maximum source impedance of 10 kΩ and at a temperature of 100°C, TACQ will be no more than 16 µsec. ANALOG INPUT MODEL VDD ANx RS CPIN 5 pF VA Sampling Switch VT = 0.6V RIC ≤ 1k SS RSS CHOLD = DAC Capacitance = 51.2 pF I leakage ± 500 nA VT = 0.6V VSS Legend CPIN VT = input capacitance = threshold voltage I leakage = leakage current at the pin due to various junctions TABLE 11-1: RIC = interconnect resistance SS CHOLD = sampling switch = sample/hold capacitance (from DAC) VDD 6V 5V 4V 3V 2V 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Sampling Switch (kΩ) TAD vs. MAXIMUM DEVICE OPERATING FREQUENCIES (STANDARD DEVICES (C)) AD Clock Source (TAD) Maximum Device Frequency Operation ADCS1:ADCS0 Max. 2TOSC 00 1.25 MHz 8TOSC 01 5 MHz 32TOSC 10 20 MHz RC(1, 2, 3) 11 (Note 1) Note 1: The RC source has a typical TAD time of 4 µs but can vary between 2-6 µs. 2: When the device frequencies are greater than 1 MHz, the RC A/D conversion clock source is only recommended for SLEEP operation. 3: For extended voltage devices (LC), please refer to the Electrical Specifications section. DS30325B-page 86 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 11.2 Selecting the A/D Conversion Clock The A/D conversion time per bit is defined as TAD. The A/D conversion requires 9.0 TAD per 8-bit conversion. The source of the A/D conversion clock is software selectable. The four possible options for TAD are: • • • • 2 TOSC (FOSC/2) 8 TOSC (FOSC/8) 32 TOSC (FOSC/32) Internal RC oscillator (2-6 µs) For correct A/D conversions, the A/D conversion clock (TAD) must be selected to ensure a minimum TAD time as small as possible, but no less than 1.6 µs. 11.3 Configuring Analog Port Pins The ADCON1, TRISA and TRISE registers control the operation of the A/D port pins. The port pins that are desired as analog inputs must have their corresponding TRIS bits set (input). If the TRIS bit is cleared (output), the digital output level (VOH or VOL) will be converted. The A/D operation is independent of the state of the CHS2:CHS0 bits and the TRIS bits. Note 1: When reading the port register, all pins configured as analog input channels will read as cleared (a low level). Pins configured as digital inputs will convert an analog input. Analog levels on a digitally configured input will not affect the conversion accuracy. 2: Analog levels on any pin that is defined as a digital input, but not as an analog input, may cause the digital input buffer to consume current that is out of the device’s specification. 11.4 Note: A/D Conversions The GO/DONE bit should NOT be set in the same instruction that turns on the A/D. Setting the GO/DONE bit begins an A/D conversion. When the conversion completes, the 8-bit result is placed in the ADRES register, the GO/DONE bit is cleared, and the ADIF flag (PIR<6>) is set. Clearing the GO/DONE bit during a conversion will abort the current conversion. The ADRES register will NOT be changed, and the ADIF flag will not be set. After the GO/DONE bit is cleared at either the end of a conversion, or by firmware, another conversion can be initiated by setting the GO/DONE bit. Users must still take into account the appropriate acquisition time for the application. 11.5 A/D Operation During SLEEP The A/D module can operate during SLEEP mode. This requires that the A/D clock source be set to RC (ADCS1:ADCS0 = ‘11’). When the RC clock source is selected, the A/D module waits one instruction cycle before starting the conversion. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be executed, which eliminates all digital switching noise from the conversion. When the conversion is completed, the GO/DONE bit will be cleared, and the result loaded into the ADRES register. If the A/D interrupt is enabled, the device will wake-up from SLEEP. If the A/D interrupt is not enabled, the A/D module will then be turned off, although the ADON bit will remain set. When the A/D clock source is another clock option (not RC), a SLEEP instruction will cause the present conversion to be aborted and the A/D module to be turned off, though the ADON bit will remain set. Turning off the A/D places the A/D module in its lowest current consumption state. Note: 11.6 For the A/D module to operate in SLEEP, the A/D clock source must be set to RC (ADCS1:ADCS0 = 11). To perform an A/D conversion in SLEEP, ensure the SLEEP instruction immediately follows the instruction that sets the GO/DONE bit. Effects of a RESET A device RESET forces all registers to their RESET state. The A/D module is disabled and any conversion in progress is aborted. All A/D input pins are configured as analog inputs. The ADRES register will contain unknown data after a Power-on Reset. If both the A/D interrupt bit ADIE (PIE1<6>) and the peripheral interrupt enable bit PEIE (INTCON<6>) are set, the device will wake from SLEEP whenever ADIF is set by hardware. In addition, an interrupt will also occur if the global interrupt bit GIE (INTCON<7>) is set. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 87 PIC16F7X 11.7 Use of the CCP Trigger with minimal software overhead (moving the ADRES to the desired location). The appropriate analog input channel must be selected and an appropriate acquisition time should pass before the “special event trigger” sets the GO/DONE bit (starts a conversion). An A/D conversion can be started by the “special event trigger” of the CCP2 module. This requires that the CCP2M3:CCP2M0 bits (CCP2CON<3:0>) be programmed as 1011 and that the A/D module is enabled (ADON bit is set). When the trigger occurs, the GO/DONE bit will be set, starting the A/D conversion, and the Timer1 counter will be reset to zero. Timer1 is reset to automatically repeat the A/D acquisition period TABLE 11-2: Address If the A/D module is not enabled (ADON is cleared), then the “special event trigger” will be ignored by the A/D module, but will still reset the Timer1 counter. SUMMARY OF A/D REGISTERS Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0Bh,8Bh, INTCON 10Bh, 18Bh GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF 0Ch PIR1 PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF 0Dh PIR2 — — — — — — ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE — — — — — PSPIE (1) — PIE1 8Dh PIE2 1Eh ADRES A/D Result Register 1Fh ADCON0 ADCS1 ADCS0 CHS2 CHS1 9Fh ADCON1 — — — — — PCFG2 PCFG1 05h PORTA — — RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 85h TRISA — — (2) Value on all other RESETS 0000 000x 0000 000u TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 8Ch — Value on: POR, BOR CCP2IF ---- ---0 ---- ---0 TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 — CCP2IE ---- ---0 ---- ---0 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu CHS0 GO/DONE — ADON RA0 PORTA Data Direction Register 09h PORTE — — — — — 89h TRISE(2) IBF OBF IBOV PSPMODE — 0000 00-0 0000 00-0 PCFG0 ---- -000 ---- -000 --0x 0000 --0u 0000 --11 1111 --11 1111 RE2 RE1 RE0 PORTE Data Direction Bits ---- -xxx ---- -uuu 0000 -111 0000 -111 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for A/D conversion. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16F73/76; always maintain these bits clear. 2: These registers are reserved on the PIC16F73/76. DS30325B-page 88 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 12.0 SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE CPU These devices have a host of features intended to maximize system reliability, minimize cost through elimination of external components, provide power saving operating modes and offer code protection. These are: • Oscillator Selection • RESET - Power-on Reset (POR) - Power-up Timer (PWRT) - Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) - Brown-out Reset (BOR) • Interrupts • Watchdog Timer (WDT) • SLEEP • Code Protection • ID Locations • In-Circuit Serial Programming These devices have a Watchdog Timer, which can be enabled or disabled, using a configuration bit. It runs off its own RC oscillator for added reliability. SLEEP mode is designed to offer a very low current power-down mode. The user can wake-up from SLEEP through external RESET, Watchdog Timer Wake-up, or through an interrupt. Several oscillator options are also made available to allow the part to fit the application. The RC oscillator option saves system cost while the LP crystal option saves power. Configuration bits are used to select the desired oscillator mode. Additional information on special features is available in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range Reference Manual (DS33023). 12.1 Configuration Bits The configuration bits can be programmed (read as '0'), or left unprogrammed (read as '1'), to select various device configurations. These bits are mapped in program memory location 2007h. The user will note that address 2007h is beyond the user program memory space, which can be accessed only during programming. There are two timers that offer necessary delays on power-up. One is the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST), intended to keep the chip in RESET until the crystal oscillator is stable. The other is the Power-up Timer (PWRT), which provides a fixed delay of 72 ms (nominal) on power-up only. It is designed to keep the part in RESET while the power supply stabilizes, and is enabled or disabled, using a configuration bit. With these two timers on-chip, most applications need no external RESET circuitry. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 89 PIC16F7X REGISTER 12-1: U-0 — bit13 bit 13-7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1-0 CONFIGURATION WORD (ADDRESS 2007h)(1) U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/P-1 U-0 — — — — — — BOREN — R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 CP0 PWRTEN WDTEN FOSC1 FOSC0 bit0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ BOREN: Brown-out Reset Enable bit 1 = BOR enabled 0 = BOR disabled Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ CP0: FLASH Program Memory Code Protection bit 1 = Code protection off 0 = All memory locations code protected PWRTEN: Power-up Timer Enable bit 1 = PWRT disabled 0 = PWRT enabled WDTEN: Watchdog Timer Enable bit 1 = WDT enabled 0 = WDT disabled FOSC1:FOSC0: Oscillator Selection bits 11 = RC oscillator 10 = HS oscillator 01 = XT oscillator 00 = LP oscillator Note 1: The erased (unprogrammed) value of the configuration word is 3FFFh. Legend: R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit - n = Value when device is unprogrammed DS30325B-page 90 U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Unchanged from programmed state 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 12.2 FIGURE 12-2: Oscillator Configurations 12.2.1 OSCILLATOR TYPES The PIC16F7X can be operated in four different oscillator modes. The user can program two configuration bits (FOSC1 and FOSC0) to select one of these four modes: • • • • LP XT HS RC EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT OPERATION (HS OSC CONFIGURATION) Low Power Crystal Crystal/Resonator High Speed Crystal/Resonator Resistor/Capacitor 12.2.2 In XT, LP or HS modes, a crystal or ceramic resonator is connected to the OSC1/CLKIN and OSC2/CLKOUT pins to establish oscillation (Figure 12-1). The PIC16F7X oscillator design requires the use of a parallel cut crystal. Use of a series cut crystal may give a frequency out of the crystal manufacturers specifications. When in HS mode, the device can accept an external clock source to drive the OSC1/CLKIN pin (Figure 12-2). See Figure 15-1 or Figure 15-2 (depending on the part number and VDD range) for valid external clock frequencies. C1(1) CRYSTAL/CERAMIC RESONATOR OPERATION (HS, XT OR LP OSC CONFIGURATION) OSC1 XTAL To Internal Logic RF(3) OSC2 RS(2) C2(1) SLEEP Note 1: See Table 12-1 and Table 12-2 for recommended values of C1 and C2. 2: A series resistor (RS) may be required for AT strip cut crystals. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 12-1: OSC2 CERAMIC RESONATORS (FOR DESIGN GUIDANCE ONLY) Typical Capacitor Values Used: Mode Freq OSC1 OSC2 XT 455 kHz 2.0 MHz 4.0 MHz 56 pF 47 pF 33 pF 56 pF 47 pF 33 pF HS 8.0 MHz 16.0 MHz 27 pF 22 pF 27 pF 22 pF Capacitor values are for design guidance only. These capacitors were tested with the resonators listed below for basic start-up and operation. These values were not optimized. Different capacitor values may be required to produce acceptable oscillator operation. The user should test the performance of the oscillator over the expected VDD and temperature range for the application. See the notes at the bottom of page 92 for additional information. Resonators Used: PIC16F7X 3: RF varies with the crystal chosen. PIC16F7X (HS Mode) Open CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR/CERAMIC RESONATORS FIGURE 12-1: OSC1 Clock from Ext. System 455 kHz Panasonic EFO-A455K04B 2.0 MHz Murata Erie CSA2.00MG 4.0 MHz Murata Erie CSA4.00MG 8.0 MHz Murata Erie CSA8.00MT 16.0 MHz Murata Erie CSA16.00MX DS30325B-page 91 PIC16F7X TABLE 12-2: Osc Type LP XT HS CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR (FOR DESIGN GUIDANCE ONLY) Crystal Freq Typical Capacitor Values Tested: C1 C2 32 kHz 33 pF 33 pF 200 kHz 15 pF 15 pF 200 kHz 56 pF 56 pF 1 MHz 15 pF 15 pF 4 MHz 15 pF 15 pF 4 MHz 15 pF 15 pF 8 MHz 15 pF 15 pF 20 MHz 15 pF 15 pF Capacitor values are for design guidance only. These capacitors were tested with the crystals listed below for basic start-up and operation. These values were not optimized. Different capacitor values may be required to produce acceptable oscillator operation. The user should test the performance of the oscillator over the expected VDD and temperature range for the application. See the notes following this table for additional information. 12.2.3 RC OSCILLATOR For timing insensitive applications, the “RC” device option offers additional cost savings. The RC oscillator frequency is a function of the supply voltage, the resistor (REXT) and capacitor (CEXT) values, and the operating temperature. In addition to this, the oscillator frequency will vary from unit to unit due to normal process parameter variation. Furthermore, the difference in lead frame capacitance between package types will also affect the oscillation frequency, especially for low CEXT values. The user also needs to take into account variation due to tolerance of external R and C components used. Figure 12-3 shows how the R/C combination is connected to the PIC16F7X. FIGURE 12-3: RC OSCILLATOR MODE VDD REXT OSC1 CEXT Internal Clock PIC16F7X VSS FOSC/4 Recommended values: OSC2/CLKOUT 3 kΩ ≤ REXT ≤ 100 kΩ CEXT > 20pF Crystals Used: 32 kHz Epson C-001R32.768K-A 200 kHz STD XTL 200.000KHz 1 MHz ECS ECS-10-13-1 4 MHz ECS ECS-40-20-1 8 MHz EPSON CA-301 8.000M-C 20 MHz EPSON CA-301 20.000M-C Note 1: Higher capacitance increases the stability of oscillator, but also increases the startup time. 2: Since each resonator/crystal has its own characteristics, the user should consult the resonator/crystal manufacturer for appropriate values of external components. 3: Rs may be required in HS mode, as well as XT mode, to avoid overdriving crystals with low drive level specification. 4: Always verify oscillator performance over the VDD and temperature range that is expected for the application. DS30325B-page 92 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 12.3 RESET The PIC16F7X differentiates between various kinds of RESET: • • • • • • Power-on Reset (POR) MCLR Reset during normal operation MCLR Reset during SLEEP WDT Reset (during normal operation) WDT Wake-up (during SLEEP) Brown-out Reset (BOR) Some registers are not affected in any RESET condition. Their status is unknown on POR and unchanged in any other RESET. Most other registers are reset to a “RESET state” on Power-on Reset (POR), on the MCLR and WDT Reset, on MCLR Reset during SLEEP, and Brown-out Reset (BOR). They are not affected by a WDT Wake-up, which is viewed as the resumption of normal operation. The TO and PD bits are set or cleared differently in different RESET situations, as indicated in Table 12-4. These bits are used in software to determine the nature of the RESET. See Table 12-6 for a full description of RESET states of all registers. A simplified block diagram of the on-chip RESET circuit is shown in Figure 12-4. FIGURE 12-4: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT External RESET MCLR SLEEP WDT WDT Module Time-out Reset VDD Rise Detect VDD Power-on Reset Brown-out Reset BODEN S OST/PWRT OST 10-bit Ripple Counter Chip_Reset R Q OSC1 (1) On-chip RC OSC PWRT 10-bit Ripple Counter Enable PWRT Enable OST Note 1: This is a separate oscillator from the RC oscillator of the CLKIN pin. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 93 PIC16F7X 12.4 MCLR 12.6 PIC16F7X devices have a noise filter in the MCLR Reset path. The filter will detect and ignore small pulses. It should be noted that a WDT Reset does not drive MCLR pin low. The behavior of the ESD protection on the MCLR pin has been altered from previous devices of this family. Voltages applied to the pin that exceed its specification can result in both MCLR Resets and excessive current beyond the device specification during the ESD event. For this reason, Microchip recommends that the MCLR pin no longer be tied directly to VDD. The use of an RC network, as shown in Figure 12-5, is suggested. FIGURE 12-5: RECOMMENDED MCLR CIRCUIT VDD PIC16F7X R1 1 kΩ (or greater) C1 0.1 µF (optional, not critical) 12.5 The Power-up Timer provides a fixed 72 ms nominal time-out on power-up only from the POR. The Powerup Timer operates on an internal RC oscillator. The chip is kept in RESET as long as the PWRT is active. The PWRT’s time delay allows VDD to rise to an acceptable level. A configuration bit is provided to enable/ disable the PWRT. The power-up time delay will vary from chip to chip, due to VDD, temperature and process variation. See DC parameters for details (TPWRT, parameter #33). 12.7 Power-on Reset (POR) A Power-on Reset pulse is generated on-chip when VDD rise is detected (in the range of 1.2V - 1.7V). To take advantage of the POR, tie the MCLR pin to VDD as described in Section 12.4. A maximum rise time for VDD is specified. See the Electrical Specifications for details. When the device starts normal operation (exits the RESET condition), device operating parameters (voltage, frequency, temperature,...) must be met to ensure operation. If these conditions are not met, the device must be held in RESET until the operating conditions are met. For additional information, refer to Application Note, AN607, “Power-up Trouble Shooting” (DS00607). Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) The Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) provides 1024 oscillator cycles (from OSC1 input) delay after the PWRT delay is over (if enabled). This helps to ensure that the crystal oscillator or resonator has started and stabilized. The OST time-out is invoked only for XT, LP and HS modes and only on Power-on Reset, or wake-up from SLEEP. 12.8 MCLR Power-up Timer (PWRT) Brown-out Reset (BOR) The configuration bit, BODEN, can enable or disable the Brown-out Reset circuit. If VDD falls below VBOR (parameter D005, about 4V) for longer than TBOR (parameter #35, about 100 µS), the brown-out situation will reset the device. If VDD falls below VBOR for less than TBOR, a RESET may not occur. Once the brown-out occurs, the device will remain in Brown-out Reset until VDD rises above VBOR. The Power-up Timer then keeps the device in RESET for TPWRT (parameter #33, about 72 mS). If VDD should fall below VBOR during TPWRT, the Brown-out Reset process will restart when VDD rises above VBOR, with the Power-up Timer Reset. The Power-up Timer is always enabled when the Brown-out Reset circuit is enabled, regardless of the state of the PWRT configuration bit. 12.9 Time-out Sequence On power-up, the time-out sequence is as follows: the PWRT delay starts (if enabled) when a POR Reset occurs. Then, OST starts counting 1024 oscillator cycles when PWRT ends (LP, XT, HS). When the OST ends, the device comes out of RESET. If MCLR is kept low long enough, all delays will expire. Bringing MCLR high will begin execution immediately. This is useful for testing purposes or to synchronize more than one PIC16F7X device operating in parallel. Table 12-5 shows the RESET conditions for the STATUS, PCON and PC registers, while Table 12-6 shows the RESET conditions for all the registers. DS30325B-page 94 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 12.10 Power Control/Status Register (PCON) if bit BOR cleared, indicating a Brown-out Reset occurred. When the Brown-out Reset is disabled, the state of the BOR bit is unpredictable. The Power Control/Status Register, PCON, has two bits to indicate the type of RESET that last occurred. Bit1 is POR (Power-on Reset Status bit). It is cleared on a Power-on Reset and unaffected otherwise. The user must set this bit following a Power-on Reset. Bit0 is Brown-out Reset Status bit, BOR. Bit BOR is unknown on a Power-on Reset. It must then be set by the user and checked on subsequent RESETS to see TABLE 12-3: TIME-OUT IN VARIOUS SITUATIONS Power-up Oscillator Configuration Brown-out Wake-up from SLEEP 1024 TOSC 72 ms + 1024 TOSC 1024 TOSC — 72 ms — PWRTE = 0 PWRTE = 1 XT, HS, LP 72 ms + 1024 TOSC RC 72 ms TABLE 12-4: STATUS BITS AND THEIR SIGNIFICANCE BOR TO PD POR (PCON<1>) (PCON<0>) (STATUS<4>) (STATUS<3>) 0 x 1 1 Significance Power-on Reset 0 x 0 x Illegal, TO is set on POR 0 x x 0 Illegal, PD is set on POR 1 0 1 1 Brown-out Reset 1 1 0 1 WDT Reset 1 1 0 0 WDT Wake-up 1 1 u u MCLR Reset during normal operation 1 1 1 0 MCLR Reset during SLEEP or interrupt wake-up from SLEEP TABLE 12-5: RESET CONDITION FOR SPECIAL REGISTERS Program Counter STATUS Register PCON Register Power-on Reset 000h 0001 1xxx ---- --0x MCLR Reset during normal operation 000h 000u uuuu ---- --uu 0001 0000 uuu0 0001 ------------- Condition MCLR Reset during SLEEP WDT Reset WDT Wake-up Brown-out Reset 000h 000h PC + 1 000h 0uuu 1uuu 0uuu 1uuu --uu --uu --uu --u0 Interrupt wake-up from SLEEP PC + 1(1) uuu1 0uuu ---- --uu Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as '0' Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h). 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 95 PIC16F7X TABLE 12-6: INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS Register Devices Power-on Reset, Brown-out Reset MCLR Reset, WDT Reset Wake-up via WDT or Interrupt W INDF TMR0 73 73 73 74 74 74 76 76 76 77 77 77 xxxx xxxx N/A xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu N/A uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu N/A uuuu uuuu PCL 73 74 76 77 0000h 0000h PC + 1(2) STATUS FSR PORTA PORTB PORTC PORTD PORTE PCLATH 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 0001 xxxx --0x xxxx xxxx xxxx ------0 INTCON 73 74 76 77 0000 000x 0000 000u uuuu uuuu(1) PIR1 73 74 76 77 r000 0000 r000 0000 ruuu uuuu(1) 73 74 76 77 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu(1) 1xxx xxxx 0000 xxxx xxxx xxxx -xxx 0000 000q uuuu --0u uuuu uuuu uuuu ------0 quuu(3) uuuu 0000 uuuu uuuu uuuu -uuu 0000 uuuq uuuu --uu uuuu uuuu uuuu ------u quuu(3) uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu -uuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 ---- ---0 ---- ---0 ---- ---u(1) 73 74 76 77 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 --00 0000 --uu uuuu --uu uuuu 73 74 76 77 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 -000 0000 -000 0000 -uuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 --00 0000 --00 0000 --uu uuuu 73 74 76 77 0000 -00x 0000 -00x uuuu -uuu 73 74 76 77 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 0000 00-0 0000 00-0 uuuu uu-u 73 74 76 77 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 --11 1111 --11 1111 --uu uuuu 73 74 76 77 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 0000 -111 0000 -111 uuuu -uuu 73 74 76 77 r000 0000 r000 0000 ruuu uuuu 73 74 76 77 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ’0’, q = value depends on condition, r = reserved, maintain clear One or more bits in INTCON, PIR1 and/or PIR2 will be affected (to cause wake-up). When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h). See Table 12-5 for RESET value for specific condition. PIR2 TMR1L TMR1H T1CON TMR2 T2CON SSPBUF SSPCON CCPR1L CCPR1H CCP1CON RCSTA TXREG RCREG CCPR2L CCPR2H CCP2CON ADRES ADCON0 OPTION_REG TRISA TRISB TRISC TRISD TRISE PIE1 Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: DS30325B-page 96 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X TABLE 12-6: INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED) Register Devices MCLR Reset, WDT Reset Power-on Reset, Brown-out Reset Wake-up via WDT or Interrupt PIE2 73 74 76 77 ---- ---0 ---- ---0 ---- ---u PCON 73 74 76 77 ---- --qq ---- --uu ---- --uu PR2 73 74 76 77 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 SSPSTAT 73 74 76 77 --00 0000 --00 0000 --uu uuuu SSPADD 73 74 76 77 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu TXSTA 73 74 76 77 0000 -010 0000 -010 uuuu -uuu SPBRG 73 74 76 77 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu ADCON1 73 74 76 77 ---- -000 ---- -000 ---- -uuu PMDATA 73 74 76 77 0--- 0000 0--- 0000 u--- uuuu PMADR 73 74 76 77 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu PMDATH 73 74 76 77 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu PMADRH 73 74 76 77 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu PMCON1 73 74 76 77 1--- ---0 1--- ---0 1--- ---u Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ’0’, q = value depends on condition, r = reserved, maintain clear Note 1: One or more bits in INTCON, PIR1 and/or PIR2 will be affected (to cause wake-up). 2: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h). 3: See Table 12-5 for RESET value for specific condition. FIGURE 12-6: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR TIED TO VDD THROUGH RC NETWORK) VDD MCLR INTERNAL POR TPWRT PWRT TIME-OUT TOST OST TIME-OUT INTERNAL RESET 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 97 PIC16F7X FIGURE 12-7: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO VDD): CASE 1 VDD MCLR INTERNAL POR TPWRT PWRT TIME-OUT TOST OST TIME-OUT INTERNAL RESET TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO VDD): CASE 2 FIGURE 12-8: VDD MCLR INTERNAL POR TPWRT PWRT TIME-OUT TOST OST TIME-OUT INTERNAL RESET FIGURE 12-9: SLOW RISE TIME (MCLR TIED TO VDD THROUGH RC NETWORK) 5V VDD 1V 0V MCLR INTERNAL POR TPWRT PWRT TIME-OUT TOST OST TIME-OUT INTERNAL RESET DS30325B-page 98 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 12.11 Interrupts The PIC16F7X family has up to 12 sources of interrupt. The interrupt control register (INTCON) records individual interrupt requests in flag bits. It also has individual and global interrupt enable bits. Note: Individual interrupt flag bits are set, regardless of the status of their corresponding mask bit or the GIE bit. A global interrupt enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>) enables (if set) all unmasked interrupts, or disables (if cleared) all interrupts. When bit GIE is enabled and an interrupt’s flag bit and mask bit are set, the interrupt will vector immediately. Individual interrupts can be disabled through their corresponding enable bits in various registers. Individual interrupt bits are set, regardless of the status of the GIE bit. The GIE bit is cleared on RESET. The “return from interrupt” instruction, RETFIE, exits the interrupt routine, as well as sets the GIE bit, which re-enables interrupts. FIGURE 12-10: The RB0/INT pin interrupt, the RB port change interrupt and the TMR0 overflow interrupt flags are contained in the INTCON register. The peripheral interrupt flags are contained in the Special Function Registers, PIR1 and PIR2. The corresponding interrupt enable bits are contained in Special Function Registers, PIE1 and PIE2, and the peripheral interrupt enable bit is contained in Special Function Register, INTCON. When an interrupt is responded to, the GIE bit is cleared to disable any further interrupt, the return address is pushed onto the stack and the PC is loaded with 0004h. Once in the Interrupt Service Routine, the source(s) of the interrupt can be determined by polling the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt flag bit(s) must be cleared in software before re-enabling interrupts to avoid recursive interrupts. For external interrupt events, such as the INT pin or PORTB change interrupt, the interrupt latency will be three or four instruction cycles. The exact latency depends when the interrupt event occurs, relative to the current Q cycle. The latency is the same for one or two-cycle instructions. Individual interrupt flag bits are set, regardless of the status of their corresponding mask bit, PEIE bit, or the GIE bit. INTERRUPT LOGIC PSPIF(1) PSPIE(1) ADIF ADIE TMR0IF TMR0IE RCIF RCIE INTF INTE TXIF TXIE SSPIF SSPIE CCP1IF CCP1IE Wake-up (If in SLEEP mode) Interrupt to CPU RBIF RBIE PEIE GIE TMR2IF TMR2IE TMR1IF TMR1IE CCP2IF CCP2IE Note 1: PSP interrupt is implemented only on PIC16F74/77 devices. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 99 PIC16F7X 12.11.1 INT INTERRUPT 12.12 Context Saving During Interrupts External interrupt on the RB0/INT pin is edge triggered, either rising, if bit INTEDG (OPTION_REG<6>) is set, or falling, if the INTEDG bit is clear. When a valid edge appears on the RB0/INT pin, flag bit INTF (INTCON<1>) is set. This interrupt can be disabled by clearing enable bit INTE (INTCON<4>). Flag bit INTF must be cleared in software in the Interrupt Service Routine before re-enabling this interrupt. The INT interrupt can wake-up the processor from SLEEP, if bit INTE was set prior to going into SLEEP. The status of global interrupt enable bit GIE decides whether or not the processor branches to the interrupt vector following wakeup. See Section 12.14 for details on SLEEP mode. 12.11.2 TMR0 INTERRUPT An overflow (FFh → 00h) in the TMR0 register will set flag bit TMR0IF (INTCON<2>). The interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit TMR0IE (INTCON<5>). (Section 5.0) 12.11.3 During an interrupt, only the return PC value is saved on the stack. Typically, users may wish to save key registers during an interrupt (i.e., W, PCLATH and STATUS registers). This will have to be implemented in software, as shown in Example 12-1. For the PIC16F73/74 devices, the register W_TEMP must be defined in both banks 0 and 1 and must be defined at the same offset from the bank base address (i.e., If W_TEMP is defined at 20h in bank 0, it must also be defined at A0h in bank 1.). The registers, PCLATH_TEMP and STATUS_TEMP, are only defined in bank 0. Since the upper 16 bytes of each bank are common in the PIC16F76/77 devices, temporary holding registers W_TEMP, STATUS_TEMP and PCLATH_TEMP should be placed in here. These 16 locations don’t require banking and, therefore, make it easier for context save and restore. The same code shown in Example 12-1 can be used. PORTB INTCON CHANGE An input change on PORTB<7:4> sets flag bit RBIF (INTCON<0>). The interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit RBIE (INTCON<4>), see Section 4.2. EXAMPLE 12-1: SAVING STATUS, W, AND PCLATH REGISTERS IN RAM MOVWF SWAPF CLRF MOVWF MOVF MOVWF CLRF : :(ISR) : MOVF MOVWF SWAPF W_TEMP STATUS,W STATUS STATUS_TEMP PCLATH, W PCLATH_TEMP PCLATH MOVWF SWAPF SWAPF STATUS W_TEMP,F W_TEMP,W ;Copy ;Swap ;bank ;Save ;Only ;Save ;Page W to TEMP register status to be saved into W 0, regardless of current bank, Clears IRP,RP1,RP0 status to bank zero STATUS_TEMP register required if using pages 1, 2 and/or 3 PCLATH into W zero, regardless of current page ;Insert user code here PCLATH_TEMP, W PCLATH STATUS_TEMP,W DS30325B-page 100 ;Restore PCLATH ;Move W into PCLATH ;Swap STATUS_TEMP register into W ;(sets bank to original state) ;Move W into STATUS register ;Swap W_TEMP ;Swap W_TEMP into W 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 12.13 Watchdog Timer (WDT) WDT time-out period values may be found in the Electrical Specifications section under parameter #31. Values for the WDT prescaler (actually a postscaler, but shared with the Timer0 prescaler) may be assigned using the OPTION_REG register. The Watchdog Timer is a free running on-chip RC oscillator, which does not require any external components. This RC oscillator is separate from the RC oscillator of the OSC1/CLKIN pin. That means that the WDT will run, even if the clock on the OSC1/CLKIN and OSC2/ CLKOUT pins of the device has been stopped, for example, by execution of a SLEEP instruction. Note 1: The CLRWDT and SLEEP instructions clear the WDT and the postscaler, if assigned to the WDT, and prevent it from timing out and generating a device RESET condition. During normal operation, a WDT time-out generates a device RESET (Watchdog Timer Reset). If the device is in SLEEP mode, a WDT time-out causes the device to wake-up and continue with normal operation (Watchdog Timer Wake-up). The TO bit in the STATUS register will be cleared upon a Watchdog Timer time-out. 2: When a CLRWDT instruction is executed and the prescaler is assigned to the WDT, the prescaler count will be cleared, but the prescaler assignment is not changed. The WDT can be permanently disabled by clearing configuration bit, WDTE (Section 12.1). FIGURE 12-11: WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM From TMR0 Clock Source (Figure 5-1) 0 WDT Timer Postscaler M U X 1 8 8 - to - 1 MUX PS2:PS0 PSA WDT Enable Bit To TMR0 (Figure 5-1) 0 1 MUX PSA WDT Time-out Note: PSA and PS2:PS0 are bits in the OPTION_REG register. TABLE 12-7: Address SUMMARY OF WATCHDOG TIMER REGISTERS Name 2007h Config. bits 81h,181h OPTION_REG Bit 7 Bit 6 (1) BODEN(1) RBPU INTEDG Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 — CP0 PWRTE(1) WDTE FOSC1 FOSC0 T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 Legend: Shaded cells are not used by the Watchdog Timer. Note 1: See Register 12-1 for operation of these bits. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 101 PIC16F7X 12.14 Power-down Mode (SLEEP) Power-down mode is entered by executing a SLEEP instruction. If enabled, the Watchdog Timer will be cleared but keeps running, the PD bit (STATUS<3>) is cleared, the TO (STATUS<4>) bit is set, and the oscillator driver is turned off. The I/O ports maintain the status they had before the SLEEP instruction was executed (driving high, low, or hi-impedance). For lowest current consumption in this mode, place all I/O pins at either VDD or VSS, ensure no external circuitry is drawing current from the I/O pin, power-down the A/D and disable external clocks. Pull all I/O pins that are hi-impedance inputs, high or low externally, to avoid switching currents caused by floating inputs. The T0CKI input should also be at VDD or VSS for lowest current consumption. The contribution from on-chip pull-ups on PORTB should also be considered. The MCLR pin must be at a logic high level (VIHMC). 12.14.1 WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP The device can wake-up from SLEEP through one of the following events: 1. 2. 3. External RESET input on MCLR pin. Watchdog Timer wake-up (if WDT was enabled). Interrupt from INT pin, RB port change or a Peripheral Interrupt. External MCLR Reset will cause a device RESET. All other events are considered a continuation of program execution and cause a "wake-up". The TO and PD bits in the STATUS register can be used to determine the cause of device RESET. The PD bit, which is set on power-up, is cleared when SLEEP is invoked. The TO bit is cleared if a WDT time-out occurred and caused wake-up. When the SLEEP instruction is being executed, the next instruction (PC + 1) is pre-fetched. For the device to wake-up through an interrupt event, the corresponding interrupt enable bit must be set (enabled). Wake-up occurs, regardless of the state of the GIE bit. If the GIE bit is clear (disabled), the device continues execution at the instruction after the SLEEP instruction. If the GIE bit is set (enabled), the device executes the instruction after the SLEEP instruction and then branches to the interrupt address (0004h). In cases where the execution of the instruction following SLEEP is not desirable, the user should have a NOP after the SLEEP instruction. 12.14.2 WAKE-UP USING INTERRUPTS When global interrupts are disabled (GIE cleared) and any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit and interrupt flag bit set, one of the following will occur: • If the interrupt occurs before the execution of a SLEEP instruction, the SLEEP instruction will complete as a NOP. Therefore, the WDT and WDT postscaler will not be cleared, the TO bit will not be set and PD bits will not be cleared. • If the interrupt occurs during or after the execution of a SLEEP instruction, the device will immediately wake-up from SLEEP. The SLEEP instruction will be completely executed before the wake-up. Therefore, the WDT and WDT postscaler will be cleared, the TO bit will be set and the PD bit will be cleared. Even if the flag bits were checked before executing a SLEEP instruction, it may be possible for flag bits to become set before the SLEEP instruction completes. To determine whether a SLEEP instruction executed, test the PD bit. If the PD bit is set, the SLEEP instruction was executed as a NOP. To ensure that the WDT is cleared, a CLRWDT instruction should be executed before a SLEEP instruction. The following peripheral interrupts can wake the device from SLEEP: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. PSP read or write (PIC16F74/77 only). TMR1 interrupt. Timer1 must be operating as an asynchronous counter. CCP Capture mode interrupt. Special event trigger (Timer1 in Asynchronous mode, using an external clock). SSP (START/STOP) bit detect interrupt. SSP transmit or receive in Slave mode (SPI/I2C). USART RX or TX (Synchronous Slave mode). A/D conversion (when A/D clock source is RC). Other peripherals cannot generate interrupts, since during SLEEP, no on-chip clocks are present. DS30325B-page 102 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X FIGURE 12-12: WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 OSC1 TOST(2) CLKOUT(4) INT pin INTF Flag (INTCON<1>) Interrupt Latency (Note 2) GIE bit (INTCON<7>) Processor in SLEEP INSTRUCTION FLOW PC Instruction Fetched Instruction Executed Note 1: 2: 3: 4: PC Inst(PC) = SLEEP Inst(PC - 1) PC+1 PC+2 PC + 2 PC+2 Inst(PC + 1) Inst(PC + 2) SLEEP Inst(PC + 1) Dummy cycle 0004h 0005h Inst(0004h) Inst(0005h) Dummy cycle Inst(0004h) XT, HS or LP oscillator mode assumed. TOST = 1024 TOSC (drawing not to scale) This delay will not be there for RC osc mode. GIE = ’1’ assumed. In this case after wake- up, the processor jumps to the interrupt routine. If GIE = ’0’, execution will continue in-line. CLKOUT is not available in these osc modes, but shown here for timing reference. 12.15 Program Verification/Code Protection If the code protection bit(s) have not been programmed, the on-chip program memory can be read out for verification purposes. 12.16 ID Locations Four memory locations (2000h - 2003h) are designated as ID locations, where the user can store checksum or other code identification numbers. These locations are not accessible during normal execution, but are readable and writable during program/verify. It is recommended that only the 4 Least Significant bits of the ID location are used. 12.17 In-Circuit Serial Programming PIC16F7X microcontrollers can be serially programmed while in the end application circuit. This is simply done, with two lines for clock and data and three other lines for power, ground, and the programming voltage (see Figure 12-13 for an example). This allows customers to manufacture boards with unprogrammed devices, and then program the microcontroller just before shipping the product. This also allows the most recent firmware or a custom firmware to be programmed. For general information of serial programming, please refer to the In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP™) Guide (DS30277). For specific details on programming commands and operations for the PIC16F7X devices, please refer to the latest version of the PIC16F7X FLASH Program Memory Programming Specification (DS30324). FIGURE 12-13: TYPICAL IN-CIRCUIT SERIAL PROGRAMMING CONNECTION To Normal Connections External Connector Signals * PIC16F7X +5V VDD 0V VSS VPP MCLR/VPP CLK RB6 Data I/O RB7 * * * VDD To Normal Connections * Isolation devices (as required). 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 103 PIC16F7X NOTES: DS30325B-page 104 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 13.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY The PIC16 instruction set is highly orthogonal and is comprised of three basic categories: • Byte-oriented operations • Bit-oriented operations • Literal and control operations Each PIC16 instruction is a 14-bit word divided into an opcode, which specifies the instruction type and one or more operands, which further specify the operation of the instruction. The formats for each of the categories are presented in Figure 13-1, while the various opcode fields are summarized in Table 13-1. Table 13-2 lists the instructions recognized by the MPASMTM Assembler. A complete description of each instruction is also available in the PICmicro™ MidRange Reference Manual (DS33023). For byte-oriented instructions, ‘f’ represents a file register designator and ‘d’ represents a destination designator. The file register designator specifies which file register is to be used by the instruction. The destination designator specifies where the result of the operation is to be placed. If ‘d’ is zero, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is one, the result is placed in the file register specified in the instruction. For bit-oriented instructions, ‘b’ represents a bit field designator, which selects the bit affected by the operation, while ‘f’ represents the address of the file in which the bit is located. For literal and control operations, ‘k’ represents an eight- or eleven-bit constant or literal value One instruction cycle consists of four oscillator periods; for an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, this gives a normal instruction execution time of 1 µs. All instructions are executed within a single instruction cycle, unless a conditional test is true, or the program counter is changed as a result of an instruction. When this occurs, the execution takes two instruction cycles, with the second cycle executed as a NOP. Note: For example, a “clrf PORTB” instruction will read PORTB, clear all the data bits, then write the result back to PORTB. This example would have the unintended result that the condition that sets the RBIF flag would be cleared for pins configured as inputs and using the PORTB interrupt-on-change feature. TABLE 13-1: Field Description f Register file address (0x00 to 0x7F) W Working register (accumulator) b Bit address within an 8-bit file register k Literal field, constant data or label x Don't care location (= 0 or 1). The assembler will generate code with x = 0. It is the recommended form of use for compatibility with all Microchip software tools. d Destination select; d = 0: store result in W, d = 1: store result in file register f. Default is d = 1. PC Program Counter TO Time-out bit PD Power-down bit FIGURE 13-1: GENERAL FORMAT FOR INSTRUCTIONS Byte-oriented file register operations 13 8 7 6 OPCODE d f (FILE #) Bit-oriented file register operations 13 10 9 7 6 OPCODE b (BIT #) f (FILE #) Literal and control operations General 13 READ-MODIFY-WRITE OPERATIONS Any instruction that specifies a file register as part of the instruction performs a Read-Modify-Write (R-M-W) operation. The register is read, the data is modified, and the result is stored according to either the instruction, or the destination designator ‘d’. A read operation is performed on a register even if the instruction writes to that register. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. 0 b = 3-bit bit address f = 7-bit file register address 8 7 OPCODE 13.1 0 d = 0 for destination W d = 1 for destination f f = 7-bit file register address To maintain upward compatibility with future PIC16F7X products, do not use the OPTION and TRIS instructions. All instruction examples use the format ‘0xhh’ to represent a hexadecimal number, where ‘h’ signifies a hexadecimal digit. OPCODE FIELD DESCRIPTIONS 0 k (literal) k = 8-bit immediate value CALL and GOTO instructions only 13 11 OPCODE 10 0 k (literal) k = 11-bit immediate value DS30325B-page 105 PIC16F7X TABLE 13-2: PIC16F7X INSTRUCTION SET Mnemonic, Operands 14-Bit Opcode Description Cycles MSb LSb Status Affected Notes BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS ADDWF ANDWF CLRF CLRW COMF DECF DECFSZ INCF INCFSZ IORWF MOVF MOVWF NOP RLF RRF SUBWF SWAPF XORWF f, d f, d f f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d Add W and f AND W with f Clear f Clear W Complement f Decrement f Decrement f, Skip if 0 Increment f Increment f, Skip if 0 Inclusive OR W with f Move f Move W to f No Operation Rotate Left f through Carry Rotate Right f through Carry Subtract W from f Swap nibbles in f Exclusive OR W with f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1(2) 1 1(2) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0111 0101 0001 0001 1001 0011 1011 1010 1111 0100 1000 0000 0000 1101 1100 0010 1110 0110 dfff dfff lfff 0xxx dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff lfff 0xx0 dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff ffff ffff ffff xxxx ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff 0000 ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff 00bb 01bb 10bb 11bb bfff bfff bfff bfff ffff ffff ffff ffff 111x 1001 0kkk 0000 1kkk 1000 00xx 0000 01xx 0000 0000 110x 1010 kkkk kkkk kkkk 0110 kkkk kkkk kkkk 0000 kkkk 0000 0110 kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk 0100 kkkk kkkk kkkk 1001 kkkk 1000 0011 kkkk kkkk C,DC,Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z C C C,DC,Z Z 1,2 1,2 2 1,2 1,2 1,2,3 1,2 1,2,3 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS BCF BSF BTFSC BTFSS f, b f, b f, b f, b Bit Clear f Bit Set f Bit Test f, Skip if Clear Bit Test f, Skip if Set 1 1 1 (2) 1 (2) 01 01 01 01 1,2 1,2 3 3 LITERAL AND CONTROL OPERATIONS ADDLW ANDLW CALL CLRWDT GOTO IORLW MOVLW RETFIE RETLW RETURN SLEEP SUBLW XORLW k k k k k k k k k Add literal and W AND literal with W Call subroutine Clear Watchdog Timer Go to address Inclusive OR literal with W Move literal to W Return from interrupt Return with literal in W Return from Subroutine Go into Standby mode Subtract W from literal Exclusive OR literal with W 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 11 11 10 00 10 11 11 00 11 00 00 11 11 C,DC,Z Z TO,PD Z TO,PD C,DC,Z Z Note 1: When an I/O register is modified as a function of itself ( e.g., MOVF PORTB, 1), the value used will be that value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is ’1’ for a pin configured as input and is driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a ’0’. 2: If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and, where applicable, d = 1), the prescaler will be cleared if assigned to the Timer0 module. 3: If Program Counter (PC) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second cycle is executed as a NOP. Note: Additional information on the mid-range instruction set is available in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023). DS30325B-page 106 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 13.2 Instruction Descriptions ADDLW Add Literal and W BCF Bit Clear f Syntax: [ label ] ADDLW Syntax: [ label ] BCF Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0≤b≤7 Operation: (W) + k → (W) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Operation: 0 → (f<b>) Description: The contents of the W register are added to the eight-bit literal ’k’ and the result is placed in the W register. Status Affected: None Description: Bit 'b' in register 'f' is cleared. ADDWF Add W and f BSF Bit Set f Syntax: [ label ] ADDWF Syntax: [ label ] BSF Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0≤b≤7 Operation: (W) + (f) → (destination) Operation: 1 → (f<b>) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Status Affected: None Description: Add the contents of the W register with register ’f’. If ’d’ is 0, the result is stored in the W register. If ’d’ is 1, the result is stored back in register ’f’. Description: Bit 'b' in register 'f' is set. ANDLW AND Literal with W BTFSS Bit Test f, Skip if Set Syntax: [ label ] ANDLW Syntax: [ label ] BTFSS f,b Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operands: Operation: (W) .AND. (k) → (W) 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0≤b<7 Status Affected: Z Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 1 Description: The contents of W register are AND’ed with the eight-bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W register. Status Affected: None Description: If bit 'b' in register 'f' is '0', the next instruction is executed. If bit 'b' is '1', then the next instruction is discarded and a NOP is executed instead, making this a 2TCY instruction. BTFSC Bit Test, Skip if Clear Syntax: [ label ] BTFSC f,b k f,d k f,b f,b ANDWF AND W with f Syntax: [ label ] ANDWF Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0≤b≤7 Operation: (W) .AND. (f) → (destination) Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 0 Status Affected: Z Status Affected: None Description: AND the W register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is stored back in register 'f'. Description: If bit 'b' in register 'f' is '1', the next instruction is executed. If bit 'b', in register 'f', is '0', the next instruction is discarded, and a NOP is executed instead, making this a 2TCY instruction. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. f,d DS30325B-page 107 PIC16F7X CALL Call Subroutine CLRWDT Clear Watchdog Timer Syntax: [ label ] CALL k Syntax: [ label ] CLRWDT Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 2047 Operands: None Operation: (PC)+ 1→ TOS, k → PC<10:0>, (PCLATH<4:3>) → PC<12:11> Operation: Status Affected: None 00h → WDT 0 → WDT prescaler, 1 → TO 1 → PD Description: Call Subroutine. First, return address (PC+1) is pushed onto the stack. The eleven-bit immediate address is loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of the PC are loaded from PCLATH. CALL is a two-cycle instruction. Status Affected: TO, PD Description: CLRWDT instruction resets the Watchdog Timer. It also resets the prescaler of the WDT. Status bits TO and PD are set. Clear f COMF Complement f CLRF Syntax: [ label ] CLRF Syntax: [ label ] COMF Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 Operands: Operation: 00h → (f) 1→Z 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) → (destination) Status Affected: Z Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of register ’f’ are cleared and the Z bit is set. Description: The contents of register ’f’ are complemented. If ’d’ is 0, the result is stored in W. If ’d’ is 1, the result is stored back in register ’f’. CLRW Clear W DECF Decrement f Syntax: [ label ] CLRW Syntax: [ label ] DECF f,d Operands: None Operands: Operation: 00h → (W) 1→Z 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) - 1 → (destination) Status Affected: Z Status Affected: Z Description: W register is cleared. Zero bit (Z) is set. Description: Decrement register ’f’. If ’d’ is 0, the result is stored in the W register. If ’d’ is 1, the result is stored back in register ’f’. DS30325B-page 108 f f,d 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X DECFSZ Decrement f, Skip if 0 INCFSZ Increment f, Skip if 0 Syntax: [ label ] DECFSZ f,d Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) - 1 → (destination); skip if result = 0 Operation: (f) + 1 → (destination), skip if result = 0 Status Affected: None Status Affected: None Description: The contents of register ’f’ are decremented. If ’d’ is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If ’d’ is 1, the result is placed back in register ’f’. If the result is 1, the next instruction is executed. If the result is 0, then a NOP is executed instead, making it a 2TCY instruction. Description: The contents of register ’f’ are incremented. If ’d’ is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If ’d’ is 1, the result is placed back in register ’f’. If the result is 1, the next instruction is executed. If the result is 0, a NOP is executed instead, making it a 2TCY instruction. GOTO Unconditional Branch IORLW Inclusive OR Literal with W Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 2047 Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: k → PC<10:0> PCLATH<4:3> → PC<12:11> Operation: (W) .OR. k → (W) Status Affected: Z Status Affected: None Description: Description: GOTO is an unconditional branch. The eleven-bit immediate value is loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of PC are loaded from PCLATH<4:3>. GOTO is a twocycle instruction. The contents of the W register are OR’ed with the eight-bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W register. INCF Increment f IORWF Inclusive OR W with f Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) + 1 → (destination) Operation: (W) .OR. (f) → (destination) Status Affected: Z Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of register ’f’ are incremented. If ’d’ is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If ’d’ is 1, the result is placed back in register ’f’. Description: Inclusive OR the W register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is placed back in register 'f'. GOTO k INCF f,d 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. INCFSZ f,d IORLW k IORWF f,d DS30325B-page 109 PIC16F7X MOVF Move f Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: No operation Operation: (f) → (destination) Status Affected: None Status Affected: Z Description: No operation. Description: The contents of register f are moved to a destination dependant upon the status of d. If d = 0, destination is W register. If d = 1, the destination is file register f itself. d = 1 is useful to test a file register, since status flag Z is affected. MOVLW Move Literal to W RETFIE Return from Interrupt Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operands: None Operation: k → (W) Operation: TOS → PC, 1 → GIE MOVF f,d MOVLW k NOP No Operation Syntax: [ label ] Operands: None NOP RETFIE Status Affected: None Description: The eight-bit literal ’k’ is loaded into W register. The don’t cares will assemble as 0’s. Status Affected: None MOVWF Move W to f RETLW Return with Literal in W Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: (W) → (f) Operation: Status Affected: None k → (W); TOS → PC Description: Move data from W register to register 'f'. Status Affected: None Description: The W register is loaded with the eight-bit literal 'k'. The program counter is loaded from the top of the stack (the return address). This is a two-cycle instruction. DS30325B-page 110 MOVWF f RETLW k 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X RLF Rotate Left f through Carry SLEEP Syntax: [ label ] RLF Syntax: [ label ] SLEEP Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: None Operation: Operation: See description below Status Affected: C Description: The contents of register ’f’ are rotated one bit to the left through the Carry Flag. If ’d’ is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If ’d’ is 1, the result is stored back in register ’f’. 00h → WDT, 0 → WDT prescaler, 1 → TO, 0 → PD Status Affected: TO, PD Description: The power-down status bit, PD is cleared. Time-out status bit, TO is set. Watchdog Timer and its prescaler are cleared. The processor is put into SLEEP mode with the oscillator stopped. C f,d Register f RETURN Return from Subroutine SUBLW Subtract W from Literal Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] SUBLW k Operands: None Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: TOS → PC Operation: k - (W) → (W) Status Affected: None Status Affected: C, DC, Z Description: Return from subroutine. The stack is POPed and the top of the stack (TOS) is loaded into the program counter. This is a two-cycle instruction. Description: The W register is subtracted (2’s complement method) from the eight-bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W register. RRF Rotate Right f through Carry SUBWF Subtract W from f Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] SUBWF f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: See description below Operation: (f) - (W) → (destination) Status Affected: C Status Affected: C, DC, Z Description: The contents of register ’f’ are rotated one bit to the right through the Carry Flag. If ’d’ is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If ’d’ is 1, the result is placed back in register ’f’. Description: RETURN RRF f,d C 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. Subtract (2’s complement method) W register from register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is stored back in register 'f'. Register f DS30325B-page 111 PIC16F7X SWAPF Swap Nibbles in f XORWF Exclusive OR W with f Syntax: [ label ] SWAPF f,d Syntax: [ label ] XORWF Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f<3:0>) → (destination<7:4>), (f<7:4>) → (destination<3:0>) Operation: (W) .XOR. (f) → (destination) Status Affected: Z Status Affected: None Description: Description: The upper and lower nibbles of register ’f’ are exchanged. If ’d’ is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If ’d’ is 1, the result is placed in register ’f’. Exclusive OR the contents of the W register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is stored back in register 'f'. XORLW Exclusive OR Literal with W Syntax: [ label ] XORLW k Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: (W) .XOR. k → (W) Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of the W register are XOR’ed with the eight-bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W register. DS30325B-page 112 f,d 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 14.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT The PICmicro® microcontrollers are supported with a full range of hardware and software development tools: • Integrated Development Environment - MPLAB® IDE Software • Assemblers/Compilers/Linkers - MPASMTM Assembler - MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 C Compilers - MPLINKTM Object Linker/ MPLIBTM Object Librarian • Simulators - MPLAB SIM Software Simulator • Emulators - MPLAB ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator - ICEPIC™ In-Circuit Emulator • In-Circuit Debugger - MPLAB ICD • Device Programmers - PRO MATE® II Universal Device Programmer - PICSTART® Plus Entry-Level Development Programmer • Low Cost Demonstration Boards - PICDEMTM 1 Demonstration Board - PICDEM 2 Demonstration Board - PICDEM 3 Demonstration Board - PICDEM 17 Demonstration Board - KEELOQ® Demonstration Board 14.1 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software development previously unseen in the 8-bit microcontroller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows®-based application that contains: • An interface to debugging tools - simulator - programmer (sold separately) - emulator (sold separately) - in-circuit debugger (sold separately) • A full-featured editor • A project manager • Customizable toolbar and key mapping • A status bar • On-line help 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. The MPLAB IDE allows you to: • Edit your source files (either assembly or ‘C’) • One touch assemble (or compile) and download to PICmicro emulator and simulator tools (automatically updates all project information) • Debug using: - source files - absolute listing file - machine code The ability to use MPLAB IDE with multiple debugging tools allows users to easily switch from the costeffective simulator to a full-featured emulator with minimal retraining. 14.2 MPASM Assembler The MPASM assembler is a full-featured universal macro assembler for all PICmicro MCU’s. The MPASM assembler has a command line interface and a Windows shell. It can be used as a stand-alone application on a Windows 3.x or greater system, or it can be used through MPLAB IDE. The MPASM assembler generates relocatable object files for the MPLINK object linker, Intel® standard HEX files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol reference, an absolute LST file that contains source lines and generated machine code, and a COD file for debugging. The MPASM assembler features include: • Integration into MPLAB IDE projects. • User-defined macros to streamline assembly code. • Conditional assembly for multi-purpose source files. • Directives that allow complete control over the assembly process. 14.3 MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 C Compilers The MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 Code Development Systems are complete ANSI ‘C’ compilers for Microchip’s PIC17CXXX and PIC18CXXX family of microcontrollers, respectively. These compilers provide powerful integration capabilities and ease of use not found with other compilers. For easier source level debugging, the compilers provide symbol information that is compatible with the MPLAB IDE memory display. DS30325B-page 113 PIC16F7X 14.4 MPLINK Object Linker/ MPLIB Object Librarian The MPLINK object linker combines relocatable objects created by the MPASM assembler and the MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 C compilers. It can also link relocatable objects from pre-compiled libraries, using directives from a linker script. The MPLIB object librarian is a librarian for precompiled code to be used with the MPLINK object linker. When a routine from a library is called from another source file, only the modules that contain that routine will be linked in with the application. This allows large libraries to be used efficiently in many different applications. The MPLIB object librarian manages the creation and modification of library files. The MPLINK object linker features include: • Integration with MPASM assembler and MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 C compilers. • Allows all memory areas to be defined as sections to provide link-time flexibility. The MPLIB object librarian features include: • Easier linking because single libraries can be included instead of many smaller files. • Helps keep code maintainable by grouping related modules together. • Allows libraries to be created and modules to be added, listed, replaced, deleted or extracted. 14.5 MPLAB SIM Software Simulator The MPLAB SIM software simulator allows code development in a PC-hosted environment by simulating the PICmicro series microcontrollers on an instruction level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from a file, or user-defined key press, to any of the pins. The execution can be performed in single step, execute until break, or trace mode. 14.6 MPLAB ICE High Performance Universal In-Circuit Emulator with MPLAB IDE The MPLAB ICE universal in-circuit emulator is intended to provide the product development engineer with a complete microcontroller design tool set for PICmicro microcontrollers (MCUs). Software control of the MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulator is provided by the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE), which allows editing, building, downloading and source debugging from a single environment. The MPLAB ICE 2000 is a full-featured emulator system with enhanced trace, trigger and data monitoring features. Interchangeable processor modules allow the system to be easily reconfigured for emulation of different processors. The universal architecture of the MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulator allows expansion to support new PICmicro microcontrollers. The MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulator system has been designed as a real-time emulation system, with advanced features that are generally found on more expensive development tools. The PC platform and Microsoft® Windows environment were chosen to best make these features available to you, the end user. 14.7 ICEPIC In-Circuit Emulator The ICEPIC low cost, in-circuit emulator is a solution for the Microchip Technology PIC16C5X, PIC16C6X, PIC16C7X and PIC16CXXX families of 8-bit OneTime-Programmable (OTP) microcontrollers. The modular system can support different subsets of PIC16C5X or PIC16CXXX products through the use of interchangeable personality modules, or daughter boards. The emulator is capable of emulating without target application circuitry being present. The MPLAB SIM simulator fully supports symbolic debugging using the MPLAB C17 and the MPLAB C18 C compilers and the MPASM assembler. The software simulator offers the flexibility to develop and debug code outside of the laboratory environment, making it an excellent multiproject software development tool. DS30325B-page 114 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 14.8 MPLAB ICD In-Circuit Debugger Microchip’s In-Circuit Debugger, MPLAB ICD, is a powerful, low cost, run-time development tool. This tool is based on the FLASH PICmicro MCUs and can be used to develop for this and other PICmicro microcontrollers. The MPLAB ICD utilizes the in-circuit debugging capability built into the FLASH devices. This feature, along with Microchip’s In-Circuit Serial ProgrammingTM protocol, offers cost-effective in-circuit FLASH debugging from the graphical user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment. This enables a designer to develop and debug source code by watching variables, single-stepping and setting break points. Running at full speed enables testing hardware in realtime. 14.9 PRO MATE II Universal Device Programmer The PRO MATE II universal device programmer is a full-featured programmer, capable of operating in stand-alone mode, as well as PC-hosted mode. The PRO MATE II device programmer is CE compliant. The PRO MATE II device programmer has programmable VDD and VPP supplies, which allow it to verify programmed memory at VDD min and VDD max for maximum reliability. It has an LCD display for instructions and error messages, keys to enter commands and a modular detachable socket assembly to support various package types. In stand-alone mode, the PRO MATE II device programmer can read, verify, or program PICmicro devices. It can also set code protection in this mode. 14.10 PICSTART Plus Entry Level Development Programmer The PICSTART Plus development programmer is an easy-to-use, low cost, prototype programmer. It connects to the PC via a COM (RS-232) port. MPLAB Integrated Development Environment software makes using the programmer simple and efficient. The PICSTART Plus development programmer supports all PICmicro devices with up to 40 pins. Larger pin count devices, such as the PIC16C92X and PIC17C76X, may be supported with an adapter socket. The PICSTART Plus development programmer is CE compliant. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. 14.11 PICDEM 1 Low Cost PICmicro Demonstration Board The PICDEM 1 demonstration board is a simple board which demonstrates the capabilities of several of Microchip’s microcontrollers. The microcontrollers supported are: PIC16C5X (PIC16C54 to PIC16C58A), PIC16C61, PIC16C62X, PIC16C71, PIC16C8X, PIC17C42, PIC17C43 and PIC17C44. All necessary hardware and software is included to run basic demo programs. The user can program the sample microcontrollers provided with the PICDEM 1 demonstration board on a PRO MATE II device programmer, or a PICSTART Plus development programmer, and easily test firmware. The user can also connect the PICDEM 1 demonstration board to the MPLAB ICE incircuit emulator and download the firmware to the emulator for testing. A prototype area is available for the user to build some additional hardware and connect it to the microcontroller socket(s). Some of the features include an RS-232 interface, a potentiometer for simulated analog input, push button switches and eight LEDs connected to PORTB. 14.12 PICDEM 2 Low Cost PIC16CXX Demonstration Board The PICDEM 2 demonstration board is a simple demonstration board that supports the PIC16C62, PIC16C64, PIC16C65, PIC16C73 and PIC16C74 microcontrollers. All the necessary hardware and software is included to run the basic demonstration programs. The user can program the sample microcontrollers provided with the PICDEM 2 demonstration board on a PRO MATE II device programmer, or a PICSTART Plus development programmer, and easily test firmware. The MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulator may also be used with the PICDEM 2 demonstration board to test firmware. A prototype area has been provided to the user for adding additional hardware and connecting it to the microcontroller socket(s). Some of the features include a RS-232 interface, push button switches, a potentiometer for simulated analog input, a serial EEPROM to demonstrate usage of the I2CTM bus and separate headers for connection to an LCD module and a keypad. DS30325B-page 115 PIC16F7X 14.13 PICDEM 3 Low Cost PIC16CXXX Demonstration Board The PICDEM 3 demonstration board is a simple demonstration board that supports the PIC16C923 and PIC16C924 in the PLCC package. It will also support future 44-pin PLCC microcontrollers with an LCD Module. All the necessary hardware and software is included to run the basic demonstration programs. The user can program the sample microcontrollers provided with the PICDEM 3 demonstration board on a PRO MATE II device programmer, or a PICSTART Plus development programmer with an adapter socket, and easily test firmware. The MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulator may also be used with the PICDEM 3 demonstration board to test firmware. A prototype area has been provided to the user for adding hardware and connecting it to the microcontroller socket(s). Some of the features include a RS-232 interface, push button switches, a potentiometer for simulated analog input, a thermistor and separate headers for connection to an external LCD module and a keypad. Also provided on the PICDEM 3 demonstration board is a LCD panel, with 4 commons and 12 segments, that is capable of displaying time, temperature and day of the week. The PICDEM 3 demonstration board provides an additional RS-232 interface and Windows software for showing the demultiplexed LCD signals on a PC. A simple serial interface allows the user to construct a hardware demultiplexer for the LCD signals. DS30325B-page 116 14.14 PICDEM 17 Demonstration Board The PICDEM 17 demonstration board is an evaluation board that demonstrates the capabilities of several Microchip microcontrollers, including PIC17C752, PIC17C756A, PIC17C762 and PIC17C766. All necessary hardware is included to run basic demo programs, which are supplied on a 3.5-inch disk. A programmed sample is included and the user may erase it and program it with the other sample programs using the PRO MATE II device programmer, or the PICSTART Plus development programmer, and easily debug and test the sample code. In addition, the PICDEM 17 demonstration board supports downloading of programs to and executing out of external FLASH memory on board. The PICDEM 17 demonstration board is also usable with the MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulator, or the PICMASTER emulator and all of the sample programs can be run and modified using either emulator. Additionally, a generous prototype area is available for user hardware. 14.15 KEELOQ Evaluation and Programming Tools KEELOQ evaluation and programming tools support Microchip’s HCS Secure Data Products. The HCS evaluation kit includes a LCD display to show changing codes, a decoder to decode transmissions and a programming interface to program test transmitters. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. Software Tools Programmers Debugger Emulators 9 9 9 9 9 9 PIC17C7XX 9 9 9 9 9 9 PIC17C4X 9 9 9 9 9 9 PIC16C9XX 9 9 9 9 9 PIC16F8XX 9 9 9 9 9 PIC16C8X 9 9 9 9 9 9 PIC16C7XX 9 9 9 9 9 9 PIC16C7X 9 9 9 9 9 9 PIC16F62X 9 9 9 PIC16CXXX 9 9 9 9 PIC16C6X 9 9 9 9 PIC16C5X 9 9 9 9 PIC14000 9 9 9 PIC12CXXX 9 9 9 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 MCRFXXX 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 MCP2510 9 * Contact the Microchip Technology Inc. web site at www.microchip.com for information on how to use the MPLAB® ICD In-Circuit Debugger (DV164001) with PIC16C62, 63, 64, 65, 72, 73, 74, 76, 77. ** Contact Microchip Technology Inc. for availability date. † Development tool is available on select devices. MCP2510 CAN Developer’s Kit 9 13.56 MHz Anticollision microIDTM Developer’s Kit 9 9 125 kHz Anticollision microIDTM Developer’s Kit 125 kHz microIDTM Developer’s Kit microIDTM Programmer’s Kit KEELOQ® Transponder Kit KEELOQ® Evaluation Kit 9 9 PICDEMTM 17 Demonstration Board 9 9 PICDEMTM 14A Demonstration Board 9 9 PICDEMTM 3 Demonstration Board 9 † 9 † 24CXX/ 25CXX/ 93CXX 9 PICDEMTM 2 Demonstration Board 9 † HCSXXX 9 PICDEMTM 1 Demonstration Board 9 ** 9 PRO MATE® II Universal Device Programmer ** PIC18FXXX 9 PICSTART® Plus Entry Level Development Programmer * PIC18CXX2 9 * 9 9 9 9 MPLAB® ICD In-Circuit Debugger 9 ** 9 9 ICEPICTM In-Circuit Emulator MPLAB® ICE In-Circuit Emulator MPASMTM Assembler/ MPLINKTM Object Linker MPLAB® C18 C Compiler MPLAB® C17 C Compiler TABLE 14-1: Demo Boards and Eval Kits MPLAB® Integrated Development Environment PIC16F7X DEVELOPMENT TOOLS FROM MICROCHIP DS30325B-page 117 PIC16F7X NOTES: DS30325B-page 118 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 15.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Absolute Maximum Ratings † Ambient temperature under bias................................................................................................................ .-55 to +125°C Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65°C to +150°C Voltage on any pin with respect to VSS (except VDD, MCLR. and RA4) ......................................... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V) Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS ............................................................................................................ -0.3 to +6.5V Voltage on MCLR with respect to VSS (Note 2) ..............................................................................................0 to +13.5V Voltage on RA4 with respect to Vss ...................................................................................................................0 to +12V Total power dissipation (Note 1) ...............................................................................................................................1.0W Maximum current out of VSS pin ...........................................................................................................................300 mA Maximum current into VDD pin ..............................................................................................................................250 mA Input clamp current, IIK (VI < 0 or VI > VDD)..................................................................................................................... ± 20 mA Output clamp current, IOK (VO < 0 or VO > VDD) ............................................................................................................. ± 20 mA Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin..........................................................................................................25 mA Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin ....................................................................................................25 mA Maximum current sunk by PORTA, PORTB, and PORTE (combined) (Note 3) ...................................................200 mA Maximum current sourced by PORTA, PORTB, and PORTE (combined) (Note 3)..............................................200 mA Maximum current sunk by PORTC and PORTD (combined) (Note 3) .................................................................200 mA Maximum current sourced by PORTC and PORTD (combined) (Note 3) ............................................................200 mA Note 1: Power dissipation is calculated as follows: Pdis = VDD x {IDD - ∑ IOH} + ∑ {(VDD - VOH) x IOH} + ∑(VOl x IOL) 2: Voltage spikes at the MCLR pin may cause latchup. A series resistor of greater than 1 kΩ should be used to pull MCLR to VDD, rather than tying the pin directly to VDD. 3: PORTD and PORTE are not implemented on the PIC16F73/76 devices. † NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 119 PIC16F7X FIGURE 15-1: PIC16F7X VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH 6.0V 5.5V 5.0V Voltage 4.5V 4.0V 3.5V 3.0V 2.5V 2.0V 16 MHz 20 MHz Frequency FIGURE 15-2: PIC16LF7X VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH 6.0V 5.5V Voltage 5.0V 4.5V 4.0V 3.5V 3.0V 2.5V 2.0V 4 MHz 10 MHz Frequency FMAX = (12 MHz/V) (VDDAPPMIN - 2.5V) + 4 MHz Note 1: VDDAPPMIN is the minimum voltage of the PICmicro® device in the application. Note 2: FMAX has a maximum frequency of 10 MHz. DS30325B-page 120 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 15.1 DC Characteristics: PIC16F73/74/76/77 (Industrial, Extended) PIC16LF73/74/76/77 (Industrial) PIC16LF73/74/76/77 (Industrial) Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial PIC16F73/74/76/77 (Industrial, Extended) Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended Param No. Sym VDD Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions Supply Voltage D001 D001 D001A PIC16LF7X 2.5 2.2 2.0 — — — 5.5 5.5 5.5 V V V A/D in use, -40°C to +85°C A/D in use, 0°C to +85°C A/D not used, -40°C to +85°C PIC16F7X 4.0 VBOR* - 5.5 5.5 V V All configurations BOR enabled (Note 7) D002* VDR RAM Data Retention Voltage (Note 1) - 1.5 - V D003 VPOR VDD Start Voltage to ensure internal Power-on Reset signal - VSS - V D004* SVDD VDD Rise Rate to ensure internal Power-on Reset signal 0.05 - - D005 VBOR Brown-out Reset Voltage 3.65 4.0 4.35 See section on Power-on Reset for details V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for details V BODEN bit in configuration word enabled Legend: Shading of rows is to assist in readability of of the table. * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered without losing RAM data. 2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature also have an impact on the current consumption. The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave, from-rail to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified. 3: The power-down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD and VSS. 4: For RC osc configuration, current through REXT is not included. The current through the resistor can be estimated by the formula Ir = VDD/2REXT (mA) with REXT in kOhm. 5: Timer1 oscillator (when enabled) adds approximately 20 µA to the specification. This value is from characterization and is for design guidance only. This is not tested. 6: The ∆ current is the additional current consumed when this peripheral is enabled. This current should be added to the base IDD or IPD measurement. 7: When BOR is enabled, the device will operate correctly until the VBOR voltage trip point is reached. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 121 PIC16F7X 15.1 DC Characteristics: PIC16F73/74/76/77 (Industrial, Extended) PIC16LF73/74/76/77 (Industrial) (Continued) PIC16LF73/74/76/77 (Industrial) Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial PIC16F73/74/76/77 (Industrial, Extended) Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended Param No. Sym IDD Characteristic Typ† Max Units Conditions Supply Current (Notes 2, 5) D010 PIC16LF7X D010A D010 PIC16F7X D013 D015* ∆IBOR Brown-out Reset Current (Note 6) D020 IPD — 0.4 2.0 mA XT, RC osc configuration FOSC = 4 MHz, VDD = 3.0V (Note 4) LP osc configuration FOSC = 32 kHz, VDD = 3.0V, WDT disabled — 20 48 µA - 0.9 4 mA — 5.2 15 mA — 25 200 µA BOR enabled, VDD = 5.0V XT, RC osc configuration FOSC = 4 MHz, VDD = 5.5V (Note 4) HS osc configuration FOSC = 20 MHz, VDD = 5.5V Power-down Current (Notes 3, 5) PIC16LF7X — — 2.0 0.1 30 5 µA µA VDD = 3.0V, WDT enabled, -40°C to +85°C VDD = 3.0V, WDT disabled, -40°C to +85°C PIC16F7X — — — — 5.0 0.1 10.5 1.5 42 19 57 42 µA µA µA µA VDD = 4.0V, WDT enabled, -40°C to +85°C VDD = 4.0V, WDT disabled, -40°C to +85°C VDD = 4.0V, WDT enabled, -40°C to +125°C VDD = 4.0V, WDT disabled, -40°C to +125°C — 25 200 µA BOR enabled, VDD = 5.0V D021 D020 D021 D021A D023* Min ∆IBOR Brown-out Reset Current (Note 6) Legend: Shading of rows is to assist in readability of of the table. * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered without losing RAM data. 2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature also have an impact on the current consumption. The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave, from-rail to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified. 3: The power-down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD and VSS. 4: For RC osc configuration, current through REXT is not included. The current through the resistor can be estimated by the formula Ir = VDD/2REXT (mA) with REXT in kOhm. 5: Timer1 oscillator (when enabled) adds approximately 20 µA to the specification. This value is from characterization and is for design guidance only. This is not tested. 6: The ∆ current is the additional current consumed when this peripheral is enabled. This current should be added to the base IDD or IPD measurement. 7: When BOR is enabled, the device will operate correctly until the VBOR voltage trip point is reached. DS30325B-page 122 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 15.2 DC Characteristics: PIC16F73/74/76/77 (Industrial, Extended) PIC16LF73/74/76/77 (Industrial) DC CHARACTERISTICS Param Sym No. VIL Characteristic Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC Specification, Section 15.1. Min Typ† Max Units Conditions with TTL buffer VSS — 0.15VDD V For entire VDD range VSS — 0.8V V 4.5V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V with Schmitt Trigger buffer VSS — 0.2VDD V 0.2VDD V Input Low Voltage I/O ports: D030 D030A D031 D032 MCLR, OSC1 (in RC mode) VSS — D033 OSC1 (in XT and LP mode) VSS — 0.3V V OSC1 (in HS mode) VSS — 0.3VDD V VIH (Note 1) Input High Voltage I/O ports: D040 with TTL buffer D040A D041 with Schmitt Trigger buffer VDD V 4.5V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V VDD V For entire VDD range 0.8VDD — VDD V For entire VDD range — VDD V 1.6V — VDD V OSC1 (in HS mode) 0.7VDD — VDD V OSC1 (in RC mode) 0.9VDD — VDD V (Note 1) 50 250 400 µA VDD = 5V, VPIN = VSS MCLR OSC1 (in XT and LP mode) D043 IPURB PORTB Weak Pull-up Current IIL — — 0.8VDD D042 D042A D070 2.0 0.25VDD + 0.8V Input Leakage Current (Notes 2, 3) D060 I/O ports — — ±1 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD, pin at hi-impedance D061 MCLR, RA4/T0CKI — — ±5 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD D063 OSC1 — — ±5 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD, XT, HS and LP osc configuration * † These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended that the PIC16F7X be driven with external clock in RC mode. 2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages. 3: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 123 PIC16F7X 15.2 DC Characteristics: PIC16F73/74/76/77 (Industrial, Extended) PIC16LF73/74/76/77 (Industrial) (Continued) DC CHARACTERISTICS Param Sym No. VOL Characteristic Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC Specification, Section 15.1. Min Typ† Max Units Conditions Output Low Voltage D080 I/O ports — — 0.6 V IOL = 8.5 mA, VDD = 4.5V, -40°C to +125°C D083 OSC2/CLKOUT (RC osc config) — — 0.6 V — — 0.6 V IOL = 1.6 mA, VDD = 4.5V, -40°C to +125°C IOL = 1.2 mA, VDD = 4.5V, -40°C to +125°C VOH Output High Voltage D090 I/O ports (Note 3) VDD - 0.7 — — V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V, -40°C to +125°C D092 OSC2/CLKOUT (RC osc config) VDD - 0.7 — — V VDD - 0.7 — — V IOH = -1.3 mA, VDD = 4.5V, -40°C to +125°C IOH = -1.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V, -40°C to +125°C — — 12 V RA4 pin In XT, HS and LP modes when external clock is used to drive OSC1 Open Drain High Voltage D150* VOD D100 COSC2 OSC2 pin — — 15 pF D101 CIO All I/O pins and OSC2 (in RC mode) — — 50 pF D102 CB SCL, SDA in I2C mode — — 400 pF Capacitive Loading Specs on Output Pins Program FLASH Memory D130 EP Endurance 100 1000 — D131 VPR VDD for Read 2.0 — 5.5 * † E/W 25°C at 5V V These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended that the PIC16F7X be driven with external clock in RC mode. 2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages. 3: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin. DS30325B-page 124 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 15.3 Timing Parameter Symbology The timing parameter symbols have been created using one of the following formats: 1. TppS2ppS 3. TCC:ST (I2C specifications only) 2. TppS 4. Ts (I2C specifications only) T F Frequency Lowercase letters (pp) and their meanings: pp cc CCP1 ck CLKOUT cs CS di SDI do SDO dt Data in io I/O port mc MCLR Uppercase letters and their meanings: S F Fall H High I Invalid (Hi-impedance) L Low I2C only AA BUF output access Bus free TCC:ST (I2C specifications only) CC HD Hold ST DAT DATA input hold STA START condition FIGURE 15-3: T Time osc rd rw sc ss t0 t1 wr OSC1 RD RD or WR SCK SS T0CKI T1CKI WR P R V Z Period Rise Valid Hi-impedance High Low High Low SU Setup STO STOP condition LOAD CONDITIONS Load Condition 2 Load Condition 1 VDD/2 RL CL Pin CL Pin VSS VSS RL = 464Ω CL = 50 pF 15 pF for all pins except OSC2, but including PORTD and PORTE outputs as ports for OSC2 output Note: PORTD and PORTE are not implemented on the PIC16F73/76 devices. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 125 PIC16F7X FIGURE 15-4: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 OSC1 1 3 3 4 4 2 CLKOUT TABLE 15-1: Parameter No. EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS Symbol FOSC Characteristic External CLKIN Frequency (Note 1) Oscillator Frequency (Note 1) 1 TOSC External CLKIN Period (Note 1) Oscillator Period (Note 1) 2 TCY 3 TosL, TosH 4 † Instruction Cycle Time (Note 1) External Clock in (OSC1) High or Low Time Min Typ† Max Units DC DC DC DC 0.1 4 5 1000 50 5 250 250 50 5 200 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — TCY 1 20 32 4 4 20 200 — — — — 10,000 250 — DC MHz MHz kHz MHz MHz MHz kHz ns ns ms ns ns ns ms ns Conditions XT osc mode HS osc mode LP osc mode RC osc mode XT osc mode HS osc mode LP osc mode XT osc mode HS osc mode LP osc mode RC osc mode XT osc mode HS osc mode LP osc mode TCY = 4/FOSC 500 — — ns XT oscillator 2.5 — — ms LP oscillator 15 — — ns HS oscillator TosR, External Clock in (OSC1) — — 25 ns XT oscillator TosF Rise or Fall Time — — 50 ns LP oscillator — — 15 ns HS oscillator Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time-base period. All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions, with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at "min." values with an external clock applied to the OSC1/CLKIN pin. When an external clock input is used, the "max." cycle time limit is "DC" (no clock) for all devices. DS30325B-page 126 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X FIGURE 15-5: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING Q1 Q4 Q2 Q3 OSC1 11 10 CLKOUT 13 14 19 12 18 16 I/O Pin (Input) 15 17 I/O Pin (Output) New Value Old Value 20, 21 Note: Refer to Figure 15-3 for load conditions. TABLE 15-2: Param No. CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS Symbol Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions 10* TosH2ckL OSC1↑ to CLKOUT↓ — 75 200 ns (Note 1) 11* TosH2ckH OSC1↑ to CLKOUT↑ — 75 200 ns (Note 1) 12* TckR CLKOUT rise time — 35 100 ns (Note 1) 13* TckF CLKOUT fall time — 35 100 ns (Note 1) (Note 1) 14* TckL2ioV CLKOUT↓ to Port out valid 15* TioV2ckH Port in valid before CLKOUT↑ 16* TckH2ioI 17* 18* — — 0.5TCY + 20 ns TOSC + 200 — — ns (Note 1) Port in hold after CLKOUT↑ 0 — — ns (Note 1) TosH2ioV OSC1↑ (Q1 cycle) to Port out valid — 100 255 ns TosH2ioI OSC1↑ (Q2 cycle) to Port input invalid (I/O in hold time) Standard (F) 100 — — ns Extended (LF) 200 — — ns 19* TioV2osH Port input valid to OSC1↑ (I/O in setup time) 0 — — ns 20* TioR Port output rise time Standard (F) — 10 40 ns Extended (LF) — — 145 ns Standard (F) — 10 40 ns Extended (LF) — — 145 ns 21* TioF Port output fall time 22††* Tinp INT pin high or low time TCY — — ns 23††* Trbp RB7:RB4 change INT high or low time TCY — — ns * † These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. †† These parameters are asynchronous events, not related to any internal clock edges. Note 1: Measurements are taken in RC mode, where CLKOUT output is 4 x TOSC. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 127 PIC16F7X FIGURE 15-6: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP TIMER TIMING VDD MCLR 30 Internal POR 33 PWRT Time-out 32 OSC Time-out Internal RESET Watchdog Timer Reset 31 34 34 I/O Pins Note: Refer to Figure 15-3 for load conditions. FIGURE 15-7: BROWN-OUT RESET TIMING VBOR VDD 35 TABLE 15-3: Parameter No. RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER, AND BROWN-OUT RESET REQUIREMENTS Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions 30 TmcL MCLR Pulse Width (low) 2 — — µs VDD = 5V, -40°C to +85°C 31* TWDT Watchdog Timer Time-out Period (No Prescaler) 7 18 33 ms VDD = 5V, -40°C to +85°C 32 TOST Oscillation Start-up Timer Period — 1024 TOSC — — TOSC = OSC1 period 33* TPWRT Power-up Timer Period 28 72 132 ms VDD = 5V, -40°C to +85°C 34 TIOZ I/O Hi-Impedance from MCLR Low or Watchdog Timer Reset — — 2.1 µs TBOR Brown-out Reset Pulse Width 100 — — µs 35 * † VDD ≤ VBOR (D005) These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. DS30325B-page 128 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X FIGURE 15-8: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMINGS RA4/T0CKI 41 40 42 RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI 46 45 47 48 TMR0 or TMR1 Note: Refer to Figure 15-3 for load conditions. TABLE 15-4: Param No. 40* TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK REQUIREMENTS Symbol Tt0H Characteristic T0CKI High Pulse Width No Prescaler With Prescaler 41* Tt0L T0CKI Low Pulse Width No Prescaler With Prescaler 42* Tt0P T0CKI Period No Prescaler With Prescaler 45* Tt1H 46* Tt1L 47* Tt1P T1CKI Input Period 48 Units 0.5TCY + 20 — — ns 10 — — ns 0.5TCY + 20 — — ns 10 — — ns — ns — — ns N = prescale value (2, 4, ..., 256) Must also meet parameter 47 — ns — ns 25 — — ns Asynchronous Standard(F) 30 — — ns Extended(LF) 50 — — ns 0.5TCY + 20 — — ns Synchronous, Standard(F) Prescaler = 2,4,8 Extended(LF) 15 — — ns 25 — — ns Asynchronous Standard(F) 30 — — ns Extended(LF) 50 — — ns Standard(F) Greater of: 30 or TCY + 40 N — — ns Extended(LF) Greater of: 50 or TCY + 40 N Must also meet parameter 47 N = prescale value (1, 2, 4, 8) N = prescale value (1, 2, 4, 8) Standard(F) 60 — — Extended(LF) 100 — — ns DC — 200 kHz 2 TOSC — 7 TOSC — Timer1 Oscillator Input Frequency Range (oscillator enabled by setting bit T1OSCEN) Must also meet parameter 42 — — Synchronous Must also meet parameter 42 TCY + 40 — Synchronous, Prescaler = 1 Conditions Greater of: 20 or TCY + 40 N 15 TCKEZtmr1 Delay from External Clock Edge to Timer Increment * † Max 0.5TCY + 20 Asynchronous Ft1 Typ† Synchronous, Standard(F) Prescaler = 2,4,8 Extended(LF) T1CKI High Time Synchronous, Prescaler = 1 T1CKI Low Time Min ns These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 129 PIC16F7X FIGURE 15-9: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM TIMINGS (CCP1 AND CCP2) RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 and RC2/CCP1 (Capture Mode) 50 51 52 RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 and RC2/CCP1 (Compare or PWM Mode) 53 54 Note: Refer to Figure 15-3 for load conditions. TABLE 15-5: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM REQUIREMENTS (CCP1 AND CCP2) Param Symbol No. 50* TccL 51* TccH CCP1 and CCP2 input low time CCP1 and CCP2 input high time Characteristic Min No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 — — ns 10 — — ns 20 — — ns Standard(F) With Prescaler Extended(LF) No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 — — ns 10 — — ns 20 — — ns 3TCY + 40 N — — ns Standard(F) — 10 25 ns Extended(LF) — 25 50 ns Standard(F) — 10 25 ns Extended(LF) — 25 45 ns Standard(F) With Prescaler Extended(LF) 52* TccP CCP1 and CCP2 input period 53* TccR CCP1 and CCP2 output rise time 54* TccF * † CCP1 and CCP2 output fall time Typ† Max Units Conditions N = prescale value (1,4 or 16) These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. DS30325B-page 130 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X FIGURE 15-10: PARALLEL SLAVE PORT TIMING (PIC16F74/77 DEVICES ONLY) RE2/CS RE0/RD RE1/WR 65 RD7:RD0 62 64 63 Note: Refer to Figure 15-3 for load conditions. TABLE 15-6: PARALLEL SLAVE PORT REQUIREMENTS (PIC16F74/77 DEVICES ONLY) Parameter Symbol No. 62 63* 64 65 * † Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units TdtV2wrH Data in valid before WR↑ or CS↑ (setup time) TwrH2dtI WR↑ or CS↑ to data in invalid (hold time) TrdL2dtV RD↓ and CS↓ to data out valid TrdH2dtI RD↑ or CS↓ to data out invalid 20 25 — — — — ns ns Standard(F) 20 — — ns Extended(LF) 35 — — ns — — — — 80 90 ns ns 10 — 30 ns Conditions Extended range only Extended range only These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 131 PIC16F7X FIGURE 15-11: SPI MASTER MODE TIMING (CKE = 0, SMP = 0) SS 70 SCK (CKP = 0) 71 72 78 79 79 78 SCK (CKP = 1) 80 Bit6 - - - - - -1 MSb SDO LSb 75, 76 SDI MSb In Bit6 - - - -1 LSb In 74 73 Note: Refer to Figure 15-3 for load conditions. FIGURE 15-12: SPI MASTER MODE TIMING (CKE = 1, SMP = 1) SS 81 SCK (CKP = 0) 71 72 79 73 SCK (CKP = 1) 80 78 SDO MSb Bit6 - - - - - -1 LSb Bit6 - - - -1 LSb In 75, 76 SDI MSb In 74 Note: Refer to Figure 15-3 for load conditions. DS30325B-page 132 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X FIGURE 15-13: SPI SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE = 0) SS 70 SCK (CKP = 0) 83 71 72 78 79 79 78 SCK (CKP = 1) 80 MSb SDO LSb Bit6 - - - - - -1 77 75, 76 SDI MSb In Bit6 - - - -1 LSb In 74 73 Note: Refer to Figure 15-3 for load conditions. FIGURE 15-14: SPI SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE = 1) 82 SS SCK (CKP = 0) 70 83 71 72 SCK (CKP = 1) 80 MSb SDO Bit6 - - - - - -1 LSb 75, 76 SDI MSb In 77 Bit6 - - - -1 LSb In 74 Note: Refer to Figure 15-3 for load conditions. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 133 PIC16F7X TABLE 15-7: Param No. SPI MODE REQUIREMENTS Symbol Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions TCY — — ns — — ns 70* TssL2scH, TssL2scL SS↓ to SCK↓ or SCK↑ input 71* TscH SCK input high time (Slave mode) TCY + 20 72* TscL SCK input low time (Slave mode) TCY + 20 — — ns 73* TdiV2scH, TdiV2scL Setup time of SDI data input to SCK edge 100 — — ns 74* TscH2diL, TscL2diL Hold time of SDI data input to SCK edge 100 — — ns 75* TdoR SDO data output rise time — — 10 25 25 50 ns ns 76* TdoF SDO data output fall time — 10 25 ns Standard(F) Extended(LF) 77* TssH2doZ SS↑ to SDO output hi-impedance 10 — 50 ns 78* TscR SCK output rise time (Master mode) — — 10 25 25 50 ns ns 79* TscF SCK output fall time (Master mode) — 10 25 ns 80* TscH2doV, SDO data output valid after TscL2doV SCK edge — — — — 50 145 ns ns 81* TdoV2scH, SDO data output setup to SCK edge TdoV2scL Tcy — — ns 82* TssL2doV — — 50 ns 83* TscH2ssH, SS ↑ after SCK edge TscL2ssH 1.5TCY + 40 — — ns * † Standard(F) Extended(LF) Standard(F) Extended(LF) SDO data output valid after SS↓ edge These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. FIGURE 15-15: I2C BUS START/STOP BITS TIMING SCL 91 90 93 92 SDA START Condition STOP Condition Note: Refer to Figure 15-3 for load conditions. DS30325B-page 134 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X TABLE 15-8: Param No. 90* 91* 92* I2C BUS START/STOP BITS REQUIREMENTS Symbol TSU:STA THD:STA TSU:STO Characteristic Max Units START condition 100 kHz mode 4700 — — 400 kHz mode 600 — — START condition 100 kHz mode 4000 — — Hold time 400 kHz mode 600 — — STOP condition 100 kHz mode 4700 — — Setup time 400 kHz mode 600 — — 100 kHz mode 4000 — — 400 kHz mode 600 — — Hold time * Typ Setup time THD:STO STOP condition 93 Min Conditions ns Only relevant for Repeated START condition ns After this period, the first clock pulse is generated ns ns These parameters are characterized but not tested. FIGURE 15-16: I2C BUS DATA TIMING 103 102 100 101 SCL 90 106 107 91 92 SDA In 110 109 109 SDA Out Note: Refer to Figure 15-3 for load conditions. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 135 PIC16F7X TABLE 15-9: Param. No. 100* I2C BUS DATA REQUIREMENTS Symbol THIGH Characteristic Clock high time Min Max Units 100 kHz mode 4.0 — µs Device must operate at a minimum of 1.5 MHz 400 kHz mode 0.6 — µs Device must operate at a minimum of 10 MHz 1.5TCY — 100 kHz mode 4.7 — µs Device must operate at a minimum of 1.5 MHz 400 kHz mode 1.3 — µs Device must operate at a minimum of 10 MHz 1.5TCY — SSP Module 101* TLOW Clock low time SSP Module 102* 103* 90* TR TF TSU:STA SDA and SCL rise time 100 kHz mode — 1000 ns 400 kHz mode 20 + 0.1CB 300 ns SDA and SCL fall time 100 kHz mode — 300 ns 400 kHz mode 20 + 0.1CB 300 ns CB is specified to be from 10 - 400 pF START condition setup time 100 kHz mode 4.7 — µs 400 kHz mode 0.6 — µs Only relevant for Repeated START condition 100 kHz mode 4.0 — µs 400 kHz mode 0.6 — µs 0 — ns CB is specified to be from 10 - 400 pF 91* THD:STA START condition hold time 106* THD:DAT Data input hold time 100 kHz mode 400 kHz mode 0 0.9 µs 107* TSU:DAT Data input setup time 100 kHz mode 250 — ns 400 kHz mode 100 — ns 92* TSU:STO STOP condition setup time 100 kHz mode 4.7 — µs 400 kHz mode 0.6 — µs 109* TAA Output valid from clock 100 kHz mode — 3500 ns 400 kHz mode — — ns 110* TBUF Bus free time 100 kHz mode 4.7 — µs 400 kHz mode 1.3 — µs — 400 pF CB * Conditions Bus capacitive loading After this period the first clock pulse is generated (Note 2) (Note 1) Time the bus must be free before a new transmission can start These parameters are characterized but not tested. Note 1: As a transmitter, the device must provide this internal minimum delay time to bridge the undefined region (min. 300 ns) of the falling edge of SCL to avoid unintended generation of START or STOP conditions. 2: A Fast mode (400 kHz) I2C bus device can be used in a Standard mode (100 kHz) I2C bus system, but the requirement TSU:DAT ≥ 250 ns must then be met. This will automatically be the case if the device does not stretch the LOW period of the SCL signal. If such a device does stretch the LOW period of the SCL signal, it must output the next data bit to the SDA line TR max. + TSU:DAT = 1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (according to the Standard mode I2C bus specification), before the SCL line is released. DS30325B-page 136 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X FIGURE 15-17: USART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING RC6/TX/CK pin 121 121 RC7/RX/DT pin 120 122 Note: Refer to Figure 15-3 for load conditions. TABLE 15-10: USART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION REQUIREMENTS Param No. Symbol 120 TckH2dtV 121 Tckrf 122 Min Standard(F) SYNC XMIT (MASTER & SLAVE) Clock high to data out valid Extended(LF) Clock out rise time and fall Standard(F) time (Master mode) Extended(LF) Tdtrf † Characteristic Data out rise time and fall time Typ† Max Units Conditions — — 80 ns — — 100 ns — — 45 ns — — 50 ns Standard(F) — — 45 ns Extended(LF) — — 50 ns Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. FIGURE 15-18: USART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING RC6/TX/CK pin 125 RC7/RX/DT pin 126 Note: Refer to Figure 15-3 for load conditions. TABLE 15-11: USART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE REQUIREMENTS Parameter No. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units 125 TdtV2ckL SYNC RCV (MASTER & SLAVE) Data setup before CK↓ (DT setup time) 15 — — ns 126 TckL2dtl Data hold after CK↓ (DT hold time) 15 — — ns † Conditions Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 137 PIC16F7X TABLE 15-12: A/D CONVERTER CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16F7X (INDUSTRIAL, EXTENDED) PIC16LF7X (INDUSTRIAL) Param No. A01 Sym NR Characteristic Resolution Min Typ† Max Units Conditions PIC16F7X — — 8 bits bit VREF = VDD = 5.12V, VSS ≤ VAIN ≤ VREF PIC16LF7X — — 8 bits bit VREF = VDD = 2.2V A02 EABS Total absolute error — — < ±1 LSb VREF = VDD = 5.12V, VSS ≤ VAIN ≤ VREF A03 EIL Integral linearity error — — < ±1 LSb VREF = VDD = 5.12V, VSS ≤ VAIN ≤ VREF A04 EDL Differential linearity error — — < ±1 LSb VREF = VDD = 5.12V, VSS ≤ VAIN ≤ VREF A05 EFS Full scale error — — < ±1 LSb VREF = VDD = 5.12V, VSS ≤ VAIN ≤ VREF A06 EOFF Offset error — — < ±1 LSb VREF = VDD = 5.12V, VSS ≤ VAIN ≤ VREF A10 — Monotonicity (Note 3) — guaranteed — — VSS ≤ VAIN ≤ VREF A20 VREF Reference voltage 2.5 2.2 — — 5.5 5.5 V V -40°C to +125°C 0°C to +125°C A25 VAIN Analog input voltage VSS - 0.3 — VREF + 0.3 V A30 ZAIN Recommended impedance of analog voltage source — — 10.0 kΩ A40 IAD A/D conversion PIC16F7X current (VDD) PIC16LF7X — 180 — µA — 90 — µA N/A — — — ±5 500 µA µA A50 IREF * † VREF input current (Note 2) Average current consumption when A/D is on (Note 1). During VAIN acquisition. During A/D Conversion cycle. These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: When A/D is off, it will not consume any current other than minor leakage current. The power-down current spec includes any such leakage from the A/D module. 2: VREF current is from the RA3 pin or the VDD pin, whichever is selected as a reference input. 3: The A/D conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing codes. DS30325B-page 138 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X FIGURE 15-19: A/D CONVERSION TIMING BSF ADCON0, GO 134 1 TCY (TOSC/2)(1) 131 Q4 130 A/D CLK 132 7 A/D DATA 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 NEW_DATA OLD_DATA ADRES ADIF GO DONE SAMPLING STOPPED SAMPLE Note 1: If the A/D clock source is selected as RC, a time of TCY is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be executed. TABLE 15-13: A/D CONVERSION REQUIREMENTS Param Sym No. 130 TAD Characteristic A/D clock period Min Typ† Max Units Conditions PIC16F7X 1.6 — — µs TOSC based, VREF ≥ 3.0V PIC16LF7X 2.0 — — µs TOSC based, 2.0V ≤ VREF ≤ 5.5V PIC16F7X 2.0 4.0 6.0 µs A/D RC mode PIC16LF7X A/D RC mode 3.0 6.0 9.0 µs 131 TCNV Conversion time (not including S/H time) (Note 1) 9 — 9 TAD 132 TACQ Acquisition time 5* — — µs The minimum time is the amplifier settling time. This may be used if the “new” input voltage has not changed by more than 1 LSb (i.e., 20.0 mV @ 5.12V) from the last sampled voltage (as stated on CHOLD). 134 TGO — TOSC/2 — — If the A/D clock source is selected as RC, a time of TCY is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be executed. * † Q4 to A/D clock start These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: ADRES register may be read on the following TCY cycle. 2: See Section 11.1 for minimum conditions. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 139 PIC16F7X NOTES: DS30325B-page 140 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 16.0 DC AND AC CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS AND TABLES Note: The graphs and tables provided following this note are a statistical summary based on a limited number of samples and are provided for informational purposes only. The performance characteristics listed herein are not tested or guaranteed. In some graphs or tables, the data presented may be outside the specified operating range (e.g., outside specified power supply range) and therefore, outside the warranted range. “Typical” represents the mean of the distribution at 25°C. “Maximum” or “minimum” represents (mean + 3σ) or (mean - 3σ) respectively, where σ is a standard deviation, over the whole temperature range. FIGURE 16-1: TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD (HS MODE) 6 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 5 5.5 V 5.0 V 4 IDD (mA) 4.5 V 4.0 V 3 2 3.5 V 3.0 V 1 2.5 V 2.0 V 0 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 F O S C (M H z ) MAXIMUM IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD (HS MODE) FIGURE 16-2: 8 7 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 6 5 .5 V 5 .0 V IDD (mA) 5 4 .5 V 4 4 .0 V 3 2 3 .5 V 3 .0 V 1 2 .5 V 2 .0 V 0 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 F O S C (M H z ) 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 141 PIC16F7X FIGURE 16-3: TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD (XT MODE) 0.9 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 0.8 5.5V 0.7 5.0V 0.6 IDD (mA) 4.5V 0.5 4.0V 3.5V 0.4 3.0V 0.3 2.5V 2.0V 0.2 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 3.5 4.0 FOSC (MHz) FIGURE 16-4: MAXIMUM IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD (XT MODE) 1.2 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 1.0 5.5V 5.0V 0.8 IDD (mA) 4.5V 0.6 4.0V 3.5V 3.0V 0.4 2.5V 2.0V 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 FOSC (MHz) DS30325B-page 142 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X FIGURE 16-5: TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD (LP MODE) 55 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) IDD (µA) 50 45 5.5V 40 5.0V 35 4.5V 4.0V 30 3.5V 25 3.0V 20 2.5V 2.0V 15 10 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 80 90 100 FOSC (kHz) FIGURE 16-6: MAXIMUM IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD (LP MODE) 100 90 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 5.5V 80 5.0V 70 IDD (µA) 4.5V 60 4.0V 50 3.5V 40 3.0V 2.5V 30 2.0V 20 30 40 50 60 70 100 FOSC (kHz) 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 143 PIC16F7X FIGURE 16-7: AVERAGE FOSC vs. VDD FOR VARIOUS VALUES OF R (RC MODE, C = 20 pF, 25°C) 5.0 4.5 Operation above 4 MHz is not recomended 4.0 3.5 10 kΩ Freq (MHz) 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 100 kΩ 0.5 0.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 VDD (V) FIGURE 16-8: AVERAGE FOSC vs. VDD FOR VARIOUS VALUES OF R (RC MODE, C = 100 pF, 25°C) 5.0 Operation above 4 MHz is not recomended 4.0 5.1 kΩ Freq (MHz) 3.0 10 kΩ 2.0 1.0 100 kΩ 0.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 VDD (V) DS30325B-page 144 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X FIGURE 16-9: AVERAGE FOSC vs. VDD FOR VARIOUS VALUES OF R (RC MODE, C = 300 pF, 25°C) 300 250 3.3 kΩ 200 Freq (kHz) 5.1 kΩ 150 10 kΩ 100 50 100 kΩ 0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 VDD (V) FIGURE 16-10: IPD vs. VDD (SLEEP MODE, ALL PERIPHERALS DISABLED) 100 Max 125°C 10 IPD (uA) Max 85°C 1 Typ 25°C 0.1 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 0.01 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 VDD (V) 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 145 PIC16F7X FIGURE 16-11: ∆IBOR vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE 1,000 Max (125˚C) Typ (25˚C) Device in SLEEP Indeterminant State IDD (µA) Device in RESET 100 Note: Device current in RESET depends on Oscillator mode, frequency and circuit. Max (125˚C) Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Typ (25˚C) 10 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 5.0 5.5 VDD (V) FIGURE 16-12: TYPICAL AND MAXIMUM ∆IWDT vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE 100 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max (125˚C) ∆IWDT (µA) 10 Typ (25˚C) 1 0.1 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 VDD (V) DS30325B-page 146 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X FIGURE 16-13: TYPICAL, MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM WDT PERIOD vs. VDD (-40°C TO 125°C) 50 45 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 40 35 WDT Period (ms) Max (125°C) 30 25 Typ (25°C) 20 Min (-40°C) 15 10 5 0 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 VDD (V) FIGURE 16-14: AVERAGE WDT PERIOD vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE (-40°C TO 125°C) 50 45 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 40 125°C 35 WDT Period (ms) 85°C 30 25°C 25 20 -40°C 15 10 5 0 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 VDD (V) 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 147 PIC16F7X FIGURE 16-15: TYPICAL, MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM VOH vs. IOH (VDD = 5V, -40°C TO 125°C) 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.0 Max 3.5 VOH (V) Typ (25°C) 3.0 2.5 Min 2.0 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0 5 10 15 20 25 IOH (-mA) FIGURE 16-16: TYPICAL, MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM VOH vs. IOH (VDD = 3V, -40°C TO 125°C) 3.5 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 3.0 2.5 Max VOH (V) 2.0 Typ (25°C) 1.5 Min 1.0 0.5 0.0 0 5 10 15 20 25 IOH (-mA) DS30325B-page 148 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X FIGURE 16-17: TYPICAL, MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM VOL vs. IOL (VDD = 5V, -40°C TO 125°C) 1.0 0.9 Max (125°C) Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 0.8 0.7 Max (85°C) VOL (V) 0.6 0.5 Typ (25°C) 0.4 0.3 Min (-40°C) 0.2 0.1 0.0 0 5 10 15 20 25 IOL (-mA) FIGURE 16-18: TYPICAL, MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM VOL vs. IOL (VDD = 3V, -40°C TO 125°C) 3.0 Max (125°C) Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 2.5 VOL (V) 2.0 1.5 Max (85°C) 1.0 Typ (25°C) 0.5 Min (-40°C) 0.0 0 5 10 15 20 25 IOL (-mA) 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 149 PIC16F7X FIGURE 16-19: MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM VIN vs. VDD, (TTL INPUT, -40°C TO 125°C) 1.5 1.4 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 1.3 VTH Max (-40°C) 1.2 1.1 VIN (V) VTH Typ (25°C) 1.0 VTH Min (125°C) 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 VDD (V) FIGURE 16-20: MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM VIN vs. VDD (ST INPUT, -40°C TO 125°C) 4.0 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 3.5 VIH Max (125°C) 3.0 VIN (V) 2.5 VIH Min (-40°C) 2.0 VIL Max (-40°C) 1.5 1.0 VIL Min (125°C) 0.5 0.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 VDD (V) DS30325B-page 150 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 17.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION 17.1 Package Marking Information 28-Lead PDIP (Skinny DIP) Example PIC16F77-I/SP XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN 28-Lead SOIC 0210017 Example XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN 28-Lead SSOP 28-Lead MLF PIC16F73 -I/SS 0210017 Example 1 1 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX YYWWNNN PIC16F73 -I/ML 0210017 Legend: * 0210017 Example XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN Note: PIC16F76-I/SO XX...X Y YY WW NNN Customer specific information* Year code (last digit of calendar year) Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year) Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’) Alphanumeric traceability code In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will be carried over to the next line thus limiting the number of available characters for customer specific information. Standard PICmicro device marking consists of Microchip part number, year code, week code, and traceability code. For PICmicro device marking beyond this, certain price adders apply. Please check with your Microchip Sales Office. For QTP devices, any special marking adders are included in QTP price. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 151 PIC16F7X Package Marking Information (Cont’d) 40-Lead PDIP Example XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN 44-Lead TQFP XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN 44-Lead PLCC XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN DS30325B-page 152 PIC16F77-I/P 0210017 Example PIC16F77 -I/PT 0210017 Example PIC16F77 -I/L 0210017 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 17.2 Package Details The following sections give the technical details of the packages. 28-Lead Skinny Plastic Dual In-line (SP) – 300 mil (PDIP) E1 D 2 n 1 α E A2 A L c β B1 A1 eB Units Number of Pins Pitch p B Dimension Limits n p INCHES* MIN NOM MILLIMETERS MAX MIN NOM 28 MAX 28 .100 2.54 Top to Seating Plane A .140 .150 .160 3.56 3.81 4.06 Molded Package Thickness A2 .125 .130 .135 3.18 3.30 3.43 8.26 Base to Seating Plane A1 .015 Shoulder to Shoulder Width E .300 .310 .325 7.62 7.87 Molded Package Width E1 .275 .285 .295 6.99 7.24 7.49 Overall Length D 1.345 1.365 1.385 34.16 34.67 35.18 Tip to Seating Plane L c .125 .130 .135 3.18 3.30 3.43 .008 .012 .015 0.20 0.29 0.38 B1 .040 .053 .065 1.02 1.33 1.65 Lead Thickness Upper Lead Width Lower Lead Width Overall Row Spacing Mold Draft Angle Top Mold Draft Angle Bottom § 0.38 B .016 .019 .022 0.41 0.48 0.56 eB α .320 .350 .430 8.13 8.89 10.92 β 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 * Controlling Parameter § Significant Characteristic Notes: Dimension D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010” (0.254mm) per side. JEDEC Equivalent: MO-095 Drawing No. C04-070 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 153 PIC16F7X 28-Lead Plastic Small Outline (SO) – Wide, 300 mil (SOIC) E E1 p D B 2 1 n h α 45° c A2 A φ β L Units Dimension Limits n p Number of Pins Pitch Overall Height Molded Package Thickness Standoff § Overall Width Molded Package Width Overall Length Chamfer Distance Foot Length Foot Angle Top Lead Thickness Lead Width Mold Draft Angle Top Mold Draft Angle Bottom * Controlling Parameter § Significant Characteristic A A2 A1 E E1 D h L φ c B α β A1 MIN .093 .088 .004 .394 .288 .695 .010 .016 0 .009 .014 0 0 INCHES* NOM 28 .050 .099 .091 .008 .407 .295 .704 .020 .033 4 .011 .017 12 12 MAX .104 .094 .012 .420 .299 .712 .029 .050 8 .013 .020 15 15 MILLIMETERS NOM 28 1.27 2.36 2.50 2.24 2.31 0.10 0.20 10.01 10.34 7.32 7.49 17.65 17.87 0.25 0.50 0.41 0.84 0 4 0.23 0.28 0.36 0.42 0 12 0 12 MIN MAX 2.64 2.39 0.30 10.67 7.59 18.08 0.74 1.27 8 0.33 0.51 15 15 Notes: Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010” (0.254mm) per side. JEDEC Equivalent: MS-013 Drawing No. C04-052 DS30325B-page 154 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 28-Lead Plastic Shrink Small Outline (SS) – 209 mil, 5.30 mm (SSOP) E E1 p D B 2 1 n α A c A2 φ A1 L β Units Dimension Limits n p Number of Pins Pitch Overall Height Molded Package Thickness Standoff § Overall Width Molded Package Width Overall Length Foot Length Lead Thickness Foot Angle Lead Width Mold Draft Angle Top Mold Draft Angle Bottom * Controlling Parameter § Significant Characteristic A A2 A1 E E1 D L c φ B α β MIN .068 .064 .002 .299 .201 .396 .022 .004 0 .010 0 0 INCHES NOM 28 .026 .073 .068 .006 .309 .207 .402 .030 .007 4 .013 5 5 MAX .078 .072 .010 .319 .212 .407 .037 .010 8 .015 10 10 MILLIMETERS* NOM MAX 28 0.65 1.73 1.85 1.98 1.63 1.73 1.83 0.05 0.15 0.25 7.59 7.85 8.10 5.11 5.25 5.38 10.06 10.20 10.34 0.56 0.75 0.94 0.10 0.18 0.25 0.00 101.60 203.20 0.25 0.32 0.38 0 5 10 0 5 10 MIN Notes: Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010” (0.254mm) per side. JEDEC Equivalent: MS-150 Drawing No. C04-073 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 155 PIC16F7X 28-Lead Plastic Micro Leadframe Package (MF) 6x6 mm Body (MLF) EXPOSED METAL PADS E E1 Q D1 D D2 p 2 1 B n R E2 CH x 45 L TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW α A2 A A1 A3 Units Dimension Limits Number of Pins INCHES MIN n MILLIMETERS* NOM MAX MIN MAX NOM 28 28 Pitch p Overall Height A .033 .039 0.85 1.00 Molded Package Thickness A2 .026 .031 0.65 0.80 Standoff A1 .0004 .002 0.01 0.05 Base Thickness A3 .008 REF. 0.20 REF. 6.00 BSC .026 BSC .000 E .236 BSC Molded Package Width E1 .226 BSC Exposed Pad Width E2 Overall Width Overall Length .140 .146 0.65 BSC 0.00 5.75 BSC .152 3.55 .236 BSC D 3.70 3.85 6.00 BSC .226 BSC 5.75 BSC Molded Package Length D1 Exposed Pad Length D2 .140 .146 .152 3.55 3.70 Lead Width B .009 .011 .014 0.23 0.28 0.35 Lead Length L .020 .024 .030 0.50 0.60 0.75 3.85 Tie Bar Width R .005 .007 .010 0.13 0.17 0.23 Tie Bar Length Q .012 .016 .026 0.30 0.40 0.65 CH α .009 .017 .024 0.24 0.42 0.60 Chamfer Mold Draft Angle Top 12 12 *Controlling Parameter Notes: Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010” (0.254mm) per side. JEDEC equivalent: pending Drawing No. C04-114 DS30325B-page 156 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 28-Lead Plastic Micro Leadframe Package (MF) 6x6 mm Body (MLF) (Continued) M B L M p PACKAGE EDGE SOLDER MASK Units Pitch Dimension Limits p INCHES MIN NOM MILLIMETERS* MAX MIN .026 BSC NOM MAX 0.65 BSC Pad Width B .009 .011 .014 0.23 0.28 Pad Length L .020 .024 .030 0.50 0.60 Pad to Solder Mask M .005 .006 0.13 0.35 0.75 0.15 *Controlling Parameter Drawing No. C04-2114 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 157 PIC16F7X 40-Lead Plastic Dual In-line (P) – 600 mil (PDIP) E1 D α 2 1 n E A2 A L c β B1 A1 eB p B Units Dimension Limits n p MIN INCHES* NOM 40 .100 .175 .150 MAX MILLIMETERS NOM 40 2.54 4.06 4.45 3.56 3.81 0.38 15.11 15.24 13.46 13.84 51.94 52.26 3.05 3.30 0.20 0.29 0.76 1.27 0.36 0.46 15.75 16.51 5 10 5 10 MIN Number of Pins Pitch Top to Seating Plane A .160 .190 Molded Package Thickness A2 .140 .160 Base to Seating Plane .015 A1 Shoulder to Shoulder Width E .595 .600 .625 Molded Package Width E1 .530 .545 .560 Overall Length D 2.045 2.058 2.065 Tip to Seating Plane L .120 .130 .135 c Lead Thickness .008 .012 .015 Upper Lead Width B1 .030 .050 .070 Lower Lead Width B .014 .018 .022 Overall Row Spacing § eB .620 .650 .680 α 5 10 15 Mold Draft Angle Top β Mold Draft Angle Bottom 5 10 15 * Controlling Parameter § Significant Characteristic Notes: Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010” (0.254mm) per side. JEDEC Equivalent: MO-011 Drawing No. C04-016 DS30325B-page 158 MAX 4.83 4.06 15.88 14.22 52.45 3.43 0.38 1.78 0.56 17.27 15 15 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X 44-Lead Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack (PT) 10x10x1 mm Body, 1.0/0.10 mm Lead Form (TQFP) E E1 #leads=n1 p D1 D 2 1 B n CH x 45 ° α A c φ β L A1 A2 (F) Units Dimension Limits n p Number of Pins Pitch Pins per Side Overall Height Molded Package Thickness Standoff § Foot Length Footprint (Reference) Foot Angle Overall Width Overall Length Molded Package Width Molded Package Length Lead Thickness Lead Width Pin 1 Corner Chamfer Mold Draft Angle Top Mold Draft Angle Bottom * Controlling Parameter § Significant Characteristic n1 A A2 A1 L (F) φ E D E1 D1 c B CH α β MIN .039 .037 .002 .018 0 .463 .463 .390 .390 .004 .012 .025 5 5 INCHES NOM 44 .031 11 .043 .039 .004 .024 .039 3.5 .472 .472 .394 .394 .006 .015 .035 10 10 MAX .047 .041 .006 .030 7 .482 .482 .398 .398 .008 .017 .045 15 15 MILLIMETERS* NOM 44 0.80 11 1.00 1.10 0.95 1.00 0.05 0.10 0.45 0.60 1.00 0 3.5 11.75 12.00 11.75 12.00 9.90 10.00 9.90 10.00 0.09 0.15 0.30 0.38 0.64 0.89 5 10 5 10 MIN MAX 1.20 1.05 0.15 0.75 7 12.25 12.25 10.10 10.10 0.20 0.44 1.14 15 15 Notes: Dimensions D1 and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010” (0.254mm) per side. JEDEC Equivalent: MS-026 Drawing No. C04-076 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 159 PIC16F7X 44-Lead Plastic Leaded Chip Carrier (L) – Square (PLCC) E E1 #leads=n1 D1 D n 1 2 CH2 x 45 ° CH1 x 45 ° α A3 A2 35° A B1 B c β E2 Units Dimension Limits n p A1 p D2 INCHES* NOM 44 .050 11 .165 .173 .145 .153 .020 .028 .024 .029 .040 .045 .000 .005 .685 .690 .685 .690 .650 .653 .650 .653 .590 .620 .590 .620 .008 .011 .026 .029 .013 .020 0 5 0 5 MIN MAX MILLIMETERS NOM 44 1.27 11 4.19 4.39 3.68 3.87 0.51 0.71 0.61 0.74 1.02 1.14 0.00 0.13 17.40 17.53 17.40 17.53 16.51 16.59 16.51 16.59 14.99 15.75 14.99 15.75 0.20 0.27 0.66 0.74 0.33 0.51 0 5 0 5 MIN Number of Pins Pitch Pins per Side n1 Overall Height A .180 Molded Package Thickness .160 A2 Standoff § A1 .035 A3 Side 1 Chamfer Height .034 Corner Chamfer 1 CH1 .050 Corner Chamfer (others) CH2 .010 Overall Width E .695 Overall Length D .695 Molded Package Width E1 .656 Molded Package Length D1 .656 Footprint Width E2 .630 Footprint Length .630 D2 c Lead Thickness .013 Upper Lead Width B1 .032 B .021 Lower Lead Width α 10 Mold Draft Angle Top β Mold Draft Angle Bottom 10 * Controlling Parameter § Significant Characteristic Notes: Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010” (0.254mm) per side. JEDEC Equivalent: MO-047 Drawing No. C04-048 DS30325B-page 160 MAX 4.57 4.06 0.89 0.86 1.27 0.25 17.65 17.65 16.66 16.66 16.00 16.00 0.33 0.81 0.53 10 10 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X APPENDIX A: REVISION HISTORY Version Date Revision Description A 2000 This is a new data sheet. However, these devices are similar to the PIC16C7X devices found in the PIC16C7X Data Sheet (DS30390) or the PIC16F87X devices (DS30292). B 2001 Final data sheet. Includes device characterization data. Addition of extended temperature devices. Addition of 28-pin MLF package. Minor typographic revisions throughout. TABLE B-1: APPENDIX B: DEVICE DIFFERENCES The differences between the devices in this data sheet are listed in Table B-1. DEVICE DIFFERENCES Difference PIC16F73 PIC16F74 PIC16F76 PIC16F77 FLASH Program Memory (14-bit words) 4K 4K 8K 8K Data Memory (bytes) 192 192 368 368 3 5 3 5 5 channels, 8 bits 8 channels, 8 bits 5 channels, 8 bits 8 channels, 8 bits Parallel Slave Port no yes no yes Interrupt Sources 11 12 11 12 28-pin PDIP 28-pin SOIC 28-pin SSOP 28-pin MLF 40-pin PDIP 44-pin TQFP 44-pin PLCC 28-pin PDIP 28-pin SOIC 28-pin SSOP 28-pin MLF 40-pin PDIP 44-pin TQFP 44-pin PLCC I/O Ports A/D Packages 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 161 PIC16F7X APPENDIX C: CONVERSION CONSIDERATIONS Considerations for converting from previous versions of devices to the ones listed in this data sheet are listed in Table C-1. TABLE C-1: CONVERSION CONSIDERATIONS Characteristic PIC16C7X PIC16F87X PIC16F7X 28/40 28/40 28/40 3 3 3 11 or 12 13 or 14 11 or 12 PSP, USART, SSP (SPI, I2C Slave) PSP, USART, SSP (SPI, I2C Master/Slave) PSP, USART, SSP (SPI, I2C Slave) 20 MHz 20 MHz 20 MHz A/D 8-bit 10-bit 8-bit CCP 2 2 2 Program Memory 4K, 8K EPROM 4K, 8K FLASH (1,000 E/W cycles) 4K, 8K FLASH (100 E/W cycles typical) RAM 192, 368 bytes 192, 368 bytes 192, 368 bytes None 128, 256 bytes None — In-Circuit Debugger, Low Voltage Programming — Pins Timers Interrupts Communication Frequency EEPROM Data Other DS30325B-page 162 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X INDEX A A/D A/D Conversion Status (GO/DONE Bit) ..................... 83 Acquisition Requirements .......................................... 86 ADCON0 Register ..................................................... 83 ADCON1 Register ..................................................... 83 ADRES Register ........................................................ 83 Analog Port Pins ...................................... 8, 10, 12, 39 Analog-to-Digital Converter ....................................... 83 Associated Registers ................................................. 88 Configuring Analog Port Pins .................................... 87 Configuring the Interrupt ............................................ 85 Configuring the Module ............................................. 85 Conversion Clock ...................................................... 87 Conversion Requirements ....................................... 139 Conversions ............................................................... 87 Converter Characteristics ........................................ 138 Effects of a RESET .................................................... 87 Faster Conversion - Lower Resolution Trade-off .................................................... 87 Internal Sampling Switch (Rss) Impedance ............... 86 Operation During SLEEP ........................................... 87 Source Impedance .................................................... 86 Using the CCP Trigger .............................................. 88 Absolute Maximum Ratings ............................................. 119 ACK Pulse .................................................................. 65, 66 ADCON0 Register ............................................................. 83 GO/DONE Bit ............................................................ 83 ADCON1 Register ............................................................. 83 ADRES Register ................................................................ 83 Analog Port Pins. See A/D Application Notes AN552 (Implementing Wake-up on Key Strokes Using PIC16F7X) ...................................... 33 AN556 (Implementing a Table Read) ........................ 26 AN578 (Use of the SSP Module in the I2C Multi-Master Environment) ........................ 59 AN607 (Power-up Trouble Shooting) ........................ 94 Assembler MPASM Assembler ................................................. 113 B Banking, Data Memory ...................................................... 13 BF bit ................................................................................. 60 Block Diagrams A/D ............................................................................. 85 Analog Input Model .................................................... 86 Capture Mode Operation ........................................... 55 Compare .................................................................... 55 Crystal/Ceramic Resonator Operation (HS, XT or LP Osc Configuration) ........................... 91 External Clock Input Operation (HS Osc Configuration) ............................. 91 Interrupt Logic ............................................................ 99 PIC16F73 and PIC16F76 ............................................ 6 PIC16F74 and PIC16F77 ............................................ 7 PORTA RA3:RA0 and RA5 Port Pins ............................. 31 RA4/T0CKI Pin .................................................. 31 PORTB RB3:RB0 Port Pins ............................................ 33 RB7:RB4 Port Pins ............................................ 33 PORTC (Peripheral Output Override) ........................ 35 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PORTD (In I/O Port Mode) ........................................ 36 PORTD and PORTE (Parallel Slave Port) ................ 40 PORTE (In I/O Port Mode) ........................................ 37 PWM Mode ............................................................... 57 RC Oscillator Mode ................................................... 92 Recommended MCLR Circuit ................................... 94 Reset Circuit .............................................................. 93 SSP (I2C Mode) ........................................................ 65 SSP (SPI Mode) ........................................................ 62 Timer0/WDT Prescaler .............................................. 43 Timer1 ....................................................................... 48 Timer2 ....................................................................... 51 Typical In-Circuit Serial Programming Connection .............................................. 103 USART Receive ............................................................. 75 USART Transmit ....................................................... 73 Watchdog Timer (WDT) .......................................... 101 BOR. See Brown-out Reset BRGH bit ........................................................................... 71 Brown-out Reset (BOR) ..........................89, 93, 94, 95, 96 C Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Associated Registers ..........................................56, 58 Capture Mode ........................................................... 55 Prescaler ........................................................... 55 CCP Pin Configuration ........................................55, 56 CCP1 RC2/CCP1 Pin ..............................................9, 11 CCP2 RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 Pin ...................................9, 11 Compare Mode ......................................................... 55 Software Interrupt Mode .................................... 56 Special Trigger Output ...................................... 56 Timer1 Mode Selection ..................................... 56 Example PWM Frequencies and Resolutions ........... 58 Interaction of Two CCP Modules .............................. 53 PWM Duty Cycle ....................................................... 57 PWM Mode ............................................................... 57 PWM Period .............................................................. 57 Setup for PWM Operation ......................................... 58 Special Event Trigger and A/D Conversions ............. 56 Timer Resources ....................................................... 53 CCP1 Module .................................................................... 53 CCP2 Module .................................................................... 53 CCPR1H Register ............................................................. 53 CCPR1L Register .............................................................. 53 CCPxM<3:0> bits .............................................................. 54 CCPxX and CCPxY bits .................................................... 54 CKE bit .............................................................................. 60 CKP bit .............................................................................. 61 Code Examples Call of a Subroutine in Page 1 from Page 0 .............. 26 Changing Between Capture Prescalers .................... 55 Changing Prescaler Assignment to Timer0 ............... 45 Changing Prescaler Assignment to WDT .................. 45 FLASH Program Read .............................................. 30 Indirect Addressing ................................................... 27 Initializing PORTA ..................................................... 31 Reading a 16-bit Free-Running Timer ....................... 49 Saving STATUS, W, and PCLATH Registers in RAM .................................................... 100 Writing a 16-bit Free-Running Timer ......................... 49 DS30325B-page 163 PIC16F7X Code Protection ........................................................ 89, 103 Computed GOTO ............................................................... 26 Configuration Bits .............................................................. 89 Continuous Receive Enable (CREN Bit) ............................ 70 Conversion Considerations .............................................. 162 D D/A bit ................................................................................ 60 Data Memory ..................................................................... 13 Bank Select (RP1:RP0 bits) ....................................... 13 General Purpose Registers ....................................... 13 Register File Map, PIC16F74/73 ............................... 15 Register File Map, PIC16F77/76 ............................... 14 Special Function Registers ........................................ 16 Data/Address bit (D/A) ....................................................... 60 DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Tables .................................................. 141 DC Characteristics ........................................................... 121 Development Support ...................................................... 113 Device Differences ........................................................... 161 Device Overview .................................................................. 5 Features ....................................................................... 5 Direct Addressing .............................................................. 27 E Electrical Characteristics ................................................. 119 Errata ................................................................................... 4 External Clock Input (RA4/T0CKI). See Timer0 External Interrupt Input (RB0/INT). See Interrupt Sources F Firmware Instructions ...................................................... 105 FSR Register ..................................................................... 27 I I/O Ports ............................................................................. 31 I2C Mode Addressing ................................................................. 66 Associated Registers ................................................. 68 Master Mode .............................................................. 68 Mode Selection .......................................................... 65 Multi-Master Mode ..................................................... 68 Operation ................................................................... 65 Reception ................................................................... 66 Slave Mode SCL and SDA pins ............................................. 65 Transmission ............................................................. 67 ICEPIC In-Circuit Emulator .............................................. 114 ID Locations ..................................................................... 103 In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP) .............................. 103 INDF Register .................................................................... 27 Indirect Addressing ............................................................ 27 FSR Register ............................................................. 13 Instruction Format ............................................................ 105 Instruction Set .................................................................. 105 ADDLW .................................................................... 107 ADDWF .................................................................... 107 ANDLW .................................................................... 107 ANDWF .................................................................... 107 BCF .......................................................................... 107 BSF .......................................................................... 107 BTFSC ..................................................................... 107 BTFSS ..................................................................... 107 CALL ........................................................................ 108 CLRF ....................................................................... 108 CLRW ...................................................................... 108 DS30325B-page 164 CLRWDT ................................................................. 108 COMF ...................................................................... 108 DECF ....................................................................... 108 DECFSZ .................................................................. 109 GOTO ...................................................................... 109 INCF ........................................................................ 109 INCFSZ ................................................................... 109 IORLW ..................................................................... 109 IORWF .................................................................... 109 MOVF ...................................................................... 110 MOVLW ................................................................... 110 MOVWF ................................................................... 110 NOP ......................................................................... 110 RETFIE .................................................................... 110 RETLW .................................................................... 110 RETURN ................................................................. 111 RLF .......................................................................... 111 RRF ......................................................................... 111 SLEEP ..................................................................... 111 SUBLW .................................................................... 111 SUBWF ................................................................... 111 SWAPF .................................................................... 112 XORLW ................................................................... 112 XORWF ................................................................... 112 Summary Table ....................................................... 106 INT Interrupt (RB0/INT). See Interrupt Sources INTCON Register .............................................................. 21 GIE bit ....................................................................... 21 INTE bit ..................................................................... 21 INTF bit ...................................................................... 21 RBIF bit ...............................................................21, 33 TMR0IE bit ................................................................ 21 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C). See I2C Mode Interrupt Sources .........................................................89, 99 Interrupt-on-Change (RB7:RB4) ................................ 33 RB0/INT Pin, External .................................. 9, 11, 100 TMR0 Overflow ....................................................... 100 USART Receive/Transmit Complete ......................... 69 Interrupts Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt ............................. 23 Interrupts, Context Saving During ................................... 100 Interrupts, Enable bits Global Interrupt Enable (GIE bit) .........................21, 99 Interrupt-on-Change (RB7:RB4) Enable (RBIE bit) . 100 RB0/INT Enable (INTE bit) ........................................ 21 TMR0 Overflow Enable (TMR0IE bit) ........................ 21 Interrupts, Flag bits Interrupt-on Change (RB7:RB4) Flag (RBIF bit) ................................................... 21 Interrupt-on-Change (RB7:RB4) Flag (RBIF bit) .................................... 21, 33, 100 RB0/INT Flag (INTF bit) ............................................ 21 TMR0 Overflow Flag (TMR0IF bit) .......................... 100 K KEELOQ Evaluation and Programming Tools ................... 116 L Load Conditions .............................................................. 125 Loading of PC .................................................................... 26 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X M Master Clear (MCLR) .................................................... 8, 10 MCLR Reset, Normal Operation ...................93, 95, 96 MCLR Reset, SLEEP ...................................93, 95, 96 Operation and ESD Protection .................................. 94 MCLR/VPP Pin ..................................................................... 8 MCLR/VPP Pin ................................................................... 10 Memory Organization ........................................................ 13 Data Memory ............................................................. 13 Program Memory ....................................................... 13 Program Memory and Stack Maps ............................ 13 MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 C Compilers .................... 113 MPLAB ICD In-Circuit Debugger ..................................... 115 MPLAB ICE High Performance Universal In-Circuit Emulator with MPLAB IDE ....................................... 114 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software ............................................. 113 MPLINK Object Linker/MPLIB Object Librarian ............... 114 O OPCODE Field Descriptions ............................................ 105 OPTION_REG Register ..................................................... 20 INTEDG bit ................................................................ 20 PS2:PS0 bits ............................................................. 20 PSA bit ....................................................................... 20 RBPU bit .................................................................... 20 T0CS bit ..................................................................... 20 T0SE bit ..................................................................... 20 OSC1/CLKI Pin ............................................................. 8, 10 OSC2/CLKO Pin ........................................................... 8, 10 Oscillator Configuration ..................................................... 89 Oscillator Configurations .................................................... 91 Crystal Oscillator/Ceramic Resonators ...................... 91 HS ....................................................................... 91, 95 LP ....................................................................... 91, 95 RC ................................................................91, 92, 95 XT ....................................................................... 91, 95 Oscillator, WDT ................................................................ 101 P P (STOP) bit ...................................................................... 60 Packaging ........................................................................ 151 Paging, Program Memory .................................................. 26 Parallel Slave Port Associated Registers ................................................. 41 Parallel Slave Port (PSP) ............................................ 36, 40 RE0/RD/AN5 Pin ................................................ 12, 39 RE1/WR/AN6 Pin ............................................... 12, 39 RE2/CS/AN7 Pin ................................................ 12, 39 Select (PSPMODE bit) ....................................... 36, 37 PCFG0 bit .......................................................................... 84 PCFG1 bit .......................................................................... 84 PCFG2 bit .......................................................................... 84 PCL Register ..................................................................... 26 PCLATH Register .............................................................. 26 PCON Register ........................................................... 25, 95 POR Bit ...................................................................... 25 PICDEM 1 Low Cost PICmicro Demonstration Board ............................................... 115 PICDEM 17 Demonstration Board ................................... 116 PICDEM 2 Low Cost PIC16CXX Demonstration Board ............................................... 115 PICDEM 3 Low Cost PIC16CXXX Demonstration Board ............................................... 116 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PICSTART Plus Entry Level Development Programmer ...................................... 115 PIE1 Register .................................................................... 22 PIE2 Register .................................................................... 24 Pinout Descriptions PIC16F73/PIC16F76 ...............................................8–9 PIC16F74/PIC16F77 ...........................................10–12 PIR1 Register .................................................................... 23 PIR2 Register .................................................................... 24 PMADR Register ............................................................... 29 PMADRH Register ............................................................ 29 POP ................................................................................... 26 POR. See Power-on Reset PORTA ..........................................................................8, 10 Analog Port Pins ...................................................8, 10 Associated Registers ................................................ 32 PORTA Register ....................................................... 31 RA4/T0CKI Pin ......................................................8, 10 RA5/SS/AN4 Pin ...................................................8, 10 TRISA Register ......................................................... 31 PORTA Register ................................................................ 31 PORTB ..........................................................................9, 11 Associated Registers ................................................ 34 PORTB Register ....................................................... 33 Pull-up Enable (RBPU bit) ......................................... 20 RB0/INT Edge Select (INTEDG bit) .......................... 20 RB0/INT Pin, External .................................. 9, 11, 100 RB7:RB4 Interrupt-on-Change ................................ 100 RB7:RB4 Interrupt-on-Change Enable (RBIE bit) ................................................ 100 RB7:RB4 Interrupt-on-Change Flag (RBIF bit) .................................... 21, 33, 100 TRISB Register ......................................................... 33 PORTB Register ................................................................ 33 PORTC ..........................................................................9, 11 Associated Registers ................................................ 35 PORTC Register ....................................................... 35 RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI Pin ........................................9, 11 RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 Pin ...........................................9, 11 RC2/CCP1 Pin ......................................................9, 11 RC3/SCK/SCL Pin ................................................9, 11 RC4/SDI/SDA Pin .................................................9, 11 RC5/SDO Pin ........................................................9, 11 RC6/TX/CK Pin .............................................. 9, 11, 70 RC7/RX/DT Pin ....................................... 9, 11, 70, 71 TRISC Register ......................................................... 35 PORTC Register ............................................................... 35 PORTD .............................................................................. 12 Associated Registers ................................................ 36 Parallel Slave Port (PSP) Function ........................... 36 PORTD Register ....................................................... 36 TRISD Register ......................................................... 36 PORTD Register ............................................................... 36 PORTE .............................................................................. 12 Analog Port Pins .................................................12, 39 Associated Registers ................................................ 39 Input Buffer Full Status (IBF bit) ................................ 38 Input Buffer Overflow (IBOV bit) ................................ 38 PORTE Register ....................................................... 37 PSP Mode Select (PSPMODE bit) ......................36, 37 RE0/RD/AN5 Pin .................................................12, 39 RE1/WR/AN6 Pin ................................................12, 39 RE2/CS/AN7 Pin .................................................12, 39 TRISE Register ......................................................... 37 DS30325B-page 165 PIC16F7X PORTE Register ................................................................ 37 Postscaler, WDT Assignment (PSA bit) ................................................. 20 Rate Select (PS2:PS0 bits) ........................................ 20 Power-down Mode. See SLEEP Power-on Reset (POR) .................................. 89, 93, 95, 96 Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) .......................... 89, 94 POR Status (POR bit) ................................................ 25 Power Control (PCON) Register ................................ 95 Power-down (PD bit) .................................................. 93 Power-up Timer (PWRT) .................................... 89, 94 Time-out (TO bit) ................................................ 19, 93 PR2 Register ..................................................................... 51 Prescaler, Timer0 Assignment (PSA bit) ................................................. 20 Rate Select (PS2:PS0 bits) ........................................ 20 PRO MATE II Universal Device Programmer .................. 115 Program Counter RESET Conditions ..................................................... 95 Program Memory ............................................................... 29 Associated Registers ................................................. 30 Interrupt Vector .......................................................... 13 Memory and Stack Maps ........................................... 13 Operation During Code Protect ................................. 30 Organization .............................................................. 13 Paging ........................................................................ 26 PMADR Register ....................................................... 29 PMADRH Register ..................................................... 29 Reading FLASH ......................................................... 30 Reading, PMADR Register ........................................ 29 Reading, PMADRH Register ..................................... 29 Reading, PMCON1 Register ...................................... 29 Reading, PMDATA Register ...................................... 29 Reading, PMDATH Register ...................................... 29 RESET Vector ........................................................... 13 Program Verification ........................................................ 103 Programming Pin (VPP) ................................................ 8, 10 Programming, Device Instructions ................................... 105 PUSH ................................................................................. 26 R R/W bit ..................................................................60, 66, RA0/AN0 Pin ................................................................. 8, RA1/AN1 Pin ................................................................. 8, RA2/AN2 Pin ................................................................. 8, RA3/AN3/VREF Pin ....................................................... 8, RA4/T0CKI Pin ............................................................. 8, RA5/SS/AN4 Pin ........................................................... 8, RAM. See Data Memory RB0/INT Pin .................................................................. 9, RB1 Pin ......................................................................... 9, RB2 Pin ......................................................................... 9, RB3/PGM Pin ............................................................... 9, RB4 Pin ......................................................................... 9, RB5 Pin ......................................................................... 9, RB6/PGC Pin ................................................................ 9, RB7/PGD Pin ................................................................ 9, RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI Pin ................................................ 9, RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 Pin .................................................. 9, RC2/CCP1 Pin .............................................................. 9, RC3/SCK/SCL Pin ........................................................ 9, RC4/SDI/SDA Pin ......................................................... 9, RC5/SDO Pin ................................................................ 9, RC6/TX/CK Pin ............................................................. 9, RC7/RX/DT Pin ............................................................. 9, DS30325B-page 166 67 10 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 RCSTA Register CREN bit ................................................................... 70 OERR bit ................................................................... 70 SPEN bit .................................................................... 69 SREN bit .................................................................... 70 RD0/PSP0 Pin ................................................................... 12 RD1/PSP1 Pin ................................................................... 12 RD2/PSP2 Pin ................................................................... 12 RD3/PSP3 Pin ................................................................... 12 RD4/PSP4 Pin ................................................................... 12 RD5/PSP5 Pin ................................................................... 12 RD6/PSP6 Pin ................................................................... 12 RD7/PSP7 Pin ................................................................... 12 RE0/RD/AN5 Pin ............................................................... 12 RE1/WR/AN6 Pin .............................................................. 12 RE2/CS/AN7 Pin ............................................................... 12 Read-Modify-Write Operations ........................................ 105 Receive Overflow Indicator bit (SSPOV) ........................... 61 Register File ...................................................................... 13 Registers ADCON0 (A/D Control 0) .......................................... 83 ADCON0 (A/D Control 0) Register ............................ 83 ADCON1 (A/D Control 1) .......................................... 83 ADCON1 (A/D Control 1) Register ............................ 84 ADRES (A/D Result) ................................................. 83 CCP1CON/CCP2CON (CCP Control) Registers ...... 54 Configuration Word Register ..................................... 90 Initialization Conditions (table) ............................96–97 INTCON (Interrupt Control) ....................................... 21 INTCON (Interrupt Control) Register ......................... 21 OPTION_REG ........................................................... 20 OPTION_REG Register ......................................20, 44 PCON (Power Control) .............................................. 25 PCON (Power Control) Register ............................... 25 PIE1 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 1) ......................... 22 PIE1 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 1) Register ........... 22 PIE2 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 2) ......................... 24 PIE2 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 2) Register ........... 24 PIR1 (Peripheral Interrupt Request 1) ....................... 23 PIR1 (Peripheral Interrupt Request 1) Register ........ 23 PIR2 (Peripheral Interrupt Request 2) ....................... 24 PIR2 (Peripheral Interrupt Request 2) Register ........ 24 PMCON1 (Program Memory Control 1) Register ..................................................... 29 RCSTA (Receive Status and Control) Register ......... 70 Special Function, Summary ................................16–18 SSPCON (Sync Serial Port Control) Register ........... 61 SSPSTAT (Sync Serial Port Status) Register ........... 60 STATUS Register ...................................................... 19 T1CON (Timer 1 Control) Register ............................ 47 T2CON (Timer2 Control) Register ............................. 52 TRISE Register ......................................................... 38 TXSTA (Transmit Status and Control) Register ........ 69 RESET ........................................................................89, 93 Brown-out Reset (BOR). See Brown-out Reset (BOR) MCLR Reset. See MCLR Power-on Reset (POR). See Power-on Reset (POR) RESET Conditions for All Registers .......................... 96 RESET Conditions for PCON Register ..................... 95 RESET Conditions for Program Counter ................... 95 RESET Conditions for STATUS Register .................. 95 RESET WDT Reset. See Watchdog Timer (WDT) Revision History .............................................................. 161 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X S S (START) bit .................................................................... 60 SCI. See USART SCL .................................................................................... 65 Serial Communication Interface. See USART SLEEP ................................................................89, 93, 102 SMP bit .............................................................................. 60 Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM) ................................... 114 Special Features of the CPU ............................................. 89 Special Function Registers ...................................16, 16–18 Speed, Operating ................................................................. 1 SPI Mode ........................................................................... 59 Associated Registers ................................................. 64 Serial Clock (SCK pin) ............................................... 59 Serial Data In (SDI pin) .............................................. 59 Serial Data Out (SDO pin) ......................................... 59 Slave Select ............................................................... 59 SSP Overview RA5/SS/AN4 Pin ................................................... 8, 10 RC3/SCK/SCL Pin ................................................ 9, 11 RC4/SDI/SDA Pin ................................................. 9, 11 RC5/SDO Pin ....................................................... 9, 11 SSP I2C Operation ............................................................. 65 Slave Mode ................................................................ 65 SSPEN bit .......................................................................... 61 SSPIF bit ............................................................................ 23 SSPM<3:0> bits ................................................................. 61 SSPOV bit .......................................................................... 61 Stack .................................................................................. 26 Overflows ................................................................... 26 Underflow .................................................................. 26 STATUS Register DC Bit ........................................................................ 19 IRP Bit ....................................................................... 19 PD Bit ........................................................................ 93 TO Bit ................................................................. 19, 93 Z Bit ........................................................................... 19 Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit (SSPEN) ................... 61 Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt bit (SSPIF) ................... 23 Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits (SSPM<3:0>) ............................................................. 61 Synchronous Serial Port. See SSP T T1CKPS0 bit ...................................................................... 47 T1CKPS1 bit ...................................................................... 47 T1OSCEN bit ..................................................................... 47 T1SYNC bit ........................................................................ 47 T2CKPS0 bit ...................................................................... 52 T2CKPS1 bit ...................................................................... 52 TAD ..................................................................................... 87 Time-out Sequence ........................................................... 94 Timer0 ................................................................................ 43 Associated Registers ................................................. 45 Clock Source Edge Select (T0SE bit) ........................ 20 Clock Source Select (T0CS bit) ................................. 20 External Clock ........................................................... 44 Interrupt ..................................................................... 43 Overflow Enable (TMR0IE bit) ................................... 21 Overflow Flag (TMR0IF bit) ..................................... 100 Overflow Interrupt .................................................... 100 Prescaler ................................................................... 45 RA4/T0CKI Pin, External Clock ............................ 8, 10 T0CKI ........................................................................ 44 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. Timer1 ............................................................................... 47 Associated Registers ................................................ 50 Asynchronous Counter Mode .................................... 49 Capacitor Selection ................................................... 50 Counter Operation ..................................................... 48 Operation in Timer Mode .......................................... 48 Oscillator ................................................................... 50 Prescaler ................................................................... 50 RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI Pin ........................................9, 11 RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 Pin ...........................................9, 11 Resetting of Timer1 Registers ................................... 50 Resetting Timer1 using a CCP Trigger Output ......... 50 Synchronized Counter Mode ..................................... 48 TMR1H Register ....................................................... 49 TMR1L Register ........................................................ 49 Timer2 ............................................................................... 51 Associated Registers ................................................ 52 Output ....................................................................... 51 Postscaler ................................................................. 51 Prescaler ................................................................... 51 Prescaler and Postscaler .......................................... 51 Timing Diagrams A/D Conversion ....................................................... 139 Brown-out Reset ..................................................... 128 Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP1 and CCP2) ........... 130 CLKOUT and I/O ..................................................... 127 External Clock ......................................................... 126 I2C Bus Data ........................................................... 135 I2C Bus START/STOP bits ...................................... 134 I2C Reception (7-bit Address) ................................... 67 I2C Transmission (7-bit Address) .............................. 67 Parallel Slave Port ................................................... 131 Parallel Slave Port Read Waveforms ........................ 41 Parallel Slave Port Write Waveforms ........................ 41 Power-up Timer ....................................................... 128 PWM Output .............................................................. 57 RESET .................................................................... 128 Slow Rise Time (MCLR Tied to VDD Through RC Network) ............................................. 98 SPI Master Mode (CKE = 0, SMP = 0) .................... 132 SPI Master Mode (CKE = 1, SMP = 1) .................... 132 SPI Mode (Master Mode) .......................................... 63 SPI Mode (Slave Mode with CKE = 0) ...................... 63 SPI Mode (Slave Mode with CKE = 1) ...................... 63 SPI Slave Mode (CKE = 0) ...................................... 133 SPI Slave Mode (CKE = 1) ...................................... 133 Start-up Timer ......................................................... 128 Time-out Sequence on Power-up (MCLR Not Tied to VDD) Case 1 ............................................................... 98 Case 2 ............................................................... 98 Time-out Sequence on Power-up (MCLR Tied to Vdd Through RC Network) ............................... 97 Timer0 ..................................................................... 129 Timer1 ..................................................................... 129 USART Asynchronous Master Transmission ............ 74 USART Asynchronous Master Transmission (Back to Back) ........................................... 74 USART Asynchronous Reception ............................. 76 USART Synchronous Receive (Master/Slave) ........ 137 USART Synchronous Reception (Master Mode, SREN) ............................... 79 USART Synchronous Transmission .......................... 78 USART Synchronous Transmission (Master/Slave) ......................................... 137 DS30325B-page 167 PIC16F7X USART Synchronous Transmission (Through TXEN) ........................................ 78 Wake-up from SLEEP via Interrupt .......................... 103 Watchdog Timer ...................................................... 128 Timing Parameter Symbology ......................................... 125 Timing Requirements Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP1 and CCP2) ............ 130 CLKOUT and I/O ..................................................... 127 External Clock .......................................................... 126 I2C Bus Data ............................................................ 136 I2C Bus START/STOP Bits ..................................... 135 Parallel Slave Port ................................................... 131 RESET, Watchdog Timer, Oscillator Start-up Timer, Power-up Timer and Brown-out Reset ............................... 128 SPI Mode ................................................................. 134 Timer0 and Timer1 External Clock .......................... 129 USART Synchronous Receive ................................. 137 USART Synchronous Transmission ........................ 137 TMR1CS bit ....................................................................... 47 TMR1ON bit ....................................................................... 47 TMR2ON bit ....................................................................... 52 TOUTPS<3:0> bits ............................................................ 52 TRISA Register .................................................................. 31 TRISB Register .................................................................. 33 TRISC Register .................................................................. 35 TRISD Register .................................................................. 36 TRISE Register .................................................................. 37 IBF Bit ........................................................................ 38 IBOV Bit ..................................................................... 38 PSPMODE bit ..................................................... 36, 37 TXSTA Register SYNC bit .................................................................... 69 TRMT bit .................................................................... 69 TX9 bit ....................................................................... 69 TX9D bit ..................................................................... 69 TXEN bit .................................................................... 69 U UA ...................................................................................... 60 Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter. See USART Update Address bit, UA ..................................................... 60 USART ............................................................................... 69 Asynchronous Mode .................................................. 73 Asynchronous Receiver ............................................. 75 Asynchronous Reception ........................................... 76 Associated Registers ......................................... 76 Asynchronous Transmission Associated Registers ......................................... 74 Asynchronous Transmitter ......................................... 73 DS30325B-page 168 Baud Rate Generator (BRG) ..................................... 71 Baud Rate Formula ........................................... 71 Baud Rates, Asynchronous Mode (BRGH = 0) ....................................... 72 Baud Rates, Asynchronous Mode (BRGH = 1) ....................................... 72 Sampling ........................................................... 71 Mode Select (SYNC Bit) ............................................ 69 Overrun Error (OERR Bit) ......................................... 70 RC6/TX/CK Pin .....................................................9, 11 RC7/RX/DT Pin .....................................................9, 11 Serial Port Enable (SPEN Bit) ................................... 69 Single Receive Enable (SREN Bit) ............................ 70 Synchronous Master Mode ....................................... 77 Synchronous Master Reception ................................ 79 Associated Registers ........................................ 80 Synchronous Master Transmission ........................... 77 Associated Registers ........................................ 78 Synchronous Slave Mode ......................................... 80 Synchronous Slave Reception .................................. 81 Associated Registers ........................................ 81 Synchronous Slave Transmission ............................. 80 Associated Registers ........................................ 81 Transmit Data, 9th Bit (TX9D) ................................... 69 Transmit Enable (TXEN bit) ...................................... 69 Transmit Enable, Nine-bit (TX9 bit) ........................... 69 Transmit Shift Register Status (TRMT bit) ................ 69 W Wake-up from SLEEP ...............................................89, 102 Interrupts .............................................................95, 96 MCLR Reset .............................................................. 96 WDT Reset ................................................................ 96 Wake-up Using Interrupts ................................................ 102 Watchdog Timer (WDT) ............................................89, 101 Associated Registers ............................................... 101 Enable (WDTE Bit) .................................................. 101 Postscaler. See Postscaler, WDT Programming Considerations .................................. 101 RC Oscillator ........................................................... 101 Time-out Period ....................................................... 101 WDT Reset, Normal Operation .................... 93, 95, 96 WDT Reset, SLEEP ..................................... 93, 95, 96 WCOL bit ........................................................................... 61 Write Collision Detect bit (WCOL) ..................................... 61 WWW, On-Line Support ...................................................... 4 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X ON-LINE SUPPORT Systems Information and Upgrade Hot Line Microchip provides on-line support on the Microchip World Wide Web (WWW) site. The Systems Information and Upgrade Line provides system users a listing of the latest versions of all of Microchip's development systems software products. Plus, this line provides information on how customers can receive any currently available upgrade kits.The Hot Line Numbers are: The web site is used by Microchip as a means to make files and information easily available to customers. To view the site, the user must have access to the Internet and a web browser, such as Netscape or Microsoft Explorer. Files are also available for FTP download from our FTP site. 1-800-755-2345 for U.S. and most of Canada, and 1-480-792-7302 for the rest of the world. Connecting to the Microchip Internet Web Site The Microchip web site is available by using your favorite Internet browser to attach to: 013001 www.microchip.com The file transfer site is available by using an FTP service to connect to: ftp://ftp.microchip.com The web site and file transfer site provide a variety of services. Users may download files for the latest Development Tools, Data Sheets, Application Notes, User’s Guides, Articles and Sample Programs. A variety of Microchip specific business information is also available, including listings of Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory representatives. Other data available for consideration is: • Latest Microchip Press Releases • Technical Support Section with Frequently Asked Questions • Design Tips • Device Errata • Job Postings • Microchip Consultant Program Member Listing • Links to other useful web sites related to Microchip Products • Conferences for products, Development Systems, technical information and more • Listing of seminars and events 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 169 PIC16F7X READER RESPONSE It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip product. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our documentation can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (480) 792-4150. Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this Data Sheet. To: Technical Publications Manager RE: Reader Response Total Pages Sent From: Name Company Address City / State / ZIP / Country Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________ FAX: (______) _________ - _________ Application (optional): Would you like a reply? Device: PIC16F7X Y N Literature Number: DS30325B Questions: 1. What are the best features of this document? 2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs? 3. Do you find the organization of this data sheet easy to follow? If not, why? 4. What additions to the data sheet do you think would enhance the structure and subject? 5. What deletions from the data sheet could be made without affecting the overall usefulness? 6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)? 7. How would you improve this document? 8. How would you improve our software, systems, and silicon products? DS30325B-page 170 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F7X PIC16F7X PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office. PART NO. Device X Temperature Range /XX XXX Package Pattern Examples: a) b) Device PIC16F7X(1), PIC16F7XT(1); VDD range 4.0V to 5.5V PIC16LF7X(1), PIC16LF7XT(1); VDD range 2.0V to 5.5V Temperature Range I E = -40°C to +85°C = -40°C to +125°C c) PIC16F77-I/P 301 = Industrial temp., PDIP package, normal VDD limits, QTP pattern #301. PIC16LF76-I/SO = Industrial temp., SOIC package, Extended VDD limits. PIC16F74-E/P = Extended temp., PDIP package, normal VDD limits. (Industrial) (Extended) Note 1: Package Pattern ML PT SO SP P L SS = = = = = = = MLF (Micro Lead Frame) TQFP (Thin Quad Flatpack) SOIC Skinny Plastic DIP PDIP PLCC SSOP 2: F = CMOS FLASH LF = Low Power CMOS FLASH T = in tape and reel - SOIC, PLCC, SSOP, TQFP packages only. QTP, SQTP, Code or Special Requirements (blank otherwise) Sales and Support Data Sheets Products supported by a preliminary Data Sheet may have an errata sheet describing minor operational differences and recommended workarounds. To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please contact one of the following: 1. 2. 3. Your local Microchip sales office The Microchip Corporate Literature Center U.S. FAX: (480) 792-7277 The Microchip Worldwide Site (www.microchip.com) Please specify which device, revision of silicon and Data Sheet (include Literature #) you are using. New Customer Notification System Register on our web site (www.microchip.com/cn) to receive the most current information on our products. 2002 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30325B-page 171 M WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE AMERICAS ASIA/PACIFIC Japan Corporate Office Australia 2355 West Chandler Blvd. Chandler, AZ 85224-6199 Tel: 480-792-7200 Fax: 480-792-7277 Technical Support: 480-792-7627 Web Address: http://www.microchip.com Microchip Technology Australia Pty Ltd Suite 22, 41 Rawson Street Epping 2121, NSW Australia Tel: 61-2-9868-6733 Fax: 61-2-9868-6755 Microchip Technology Japan K.K. Benex S-1 6F 3-18-20, Shinyokohama Kohoku-Ku, Yokohama-shi Kanagawa, 222-0033, Japan Tel: 81-45-471- 6166 Fax: 81-45-471-6122 Rocky Mountain China - Beijing 2355 West Chandler Blvd. Chandler, AZ 85224-6199 Tel: 480-792-7966 Fax: 480-792-7456 Microchip Technology Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Beijing Liaison Office Unit 915 Bei Hai Wan Tai Bldg. No. 6 Chaoyangmen Beidajie Beijing, 100027, No. China Tel: 86-10-85282100 Fax: 86-10-85282104 Atlanta 500 Sugar Mill Road, Suite 200B Atlanta, GA 30350 Tel: 770-640-0034 Fax: 770-640-0307 Boston 2 Lan Drive, Suite 120 Westford, MA 01886 Tel: 978-692-3848 Fax: 978-692-3821 Chicago 333 Pierce Road, Suite 180 Itasca, IL 60143 Tel: 630-285-0071 Fax: 630-285-0075 Dallas 4570 Westgrove Drive, Suite 160 Addison, TX 75001 Tel: 972-818-7423 Fax: 972-818-2924 Detroit Tri-Atria Office Building 32255 Northwestern Highway, Suite 190 Farmington Hills, MI 48334 Tel: 248-538-2250 Fax: 248-538-2260 Kokomo 2767 S. Albright Road Kokomo, Indiana 46902 Tel: 765-864-8360 Fax: 765-864-8387 Los Angeles 18201 Von Karman, Suite 1090 Irvine, CA 92612 Tel: 949-263-1888 Fax: 949-263-1338 China - Chengdu Microchip Technology Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Chengdu Liaison Office Rm. 2401, 24th Floor, Ming Xing Financial Tower No. 88 TIDU Street Chengdu 610016, China Tel: 86-28-6766200 Fax: 86-28-6766599 China - Fuzhou Microchip Technology Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Fuzhou Liaison Office Unit 28F, World Trade Plaza No. 71 Wusi Road Fuzhou 350001, China Tel: 86-591-7503506 Fax: 86-591-7503521 China - Shanghai Microchip Technology Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Room 701, Bldg. B Far East International Plaza No. 317 Xian Xia Road Shanghai, 200051 Tel: 86-21-6275-5700 Fax: 86-21-6275-5060 China - Shenzhen 150 Motor Parkway, Suite 202 Hauppauge, NY 11788 Tel: 631-273-5305 Fax: 631-273-5335 Microchip Technology Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Liaison Office Rm. 1315, 13/F, Shenzhen Kerry Centre, Renminnan Lu Shenzhen 518001, China Tel: 86-755-2350361 Fax: 86-755-2366086 San Jose Hong Kong Microchip Technology Inc. 2107 North First Street, Suite 590 San Jose, CA 95131 Tel: 408-436-7950 Fax: 408-436-7955 Microchip Technology Hongkong Ltd. Unit 901-6, Tower 2, Metroplaza 223 Hing Fong Road Kwai Fong, N.T., Hong Kong Tel: 852-2401-1200 Fax: 852-2401-3431 New York Toronto 6285 Northam Drive, Suite 108 Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1X5, Canada Tel: 905-673-0699 Fax: 905-673-6509 India Microchip Technology Inc. India Liaison Office Divyasree Chambers 1 Floor, Wing A (A3/A4) No. 11, O’Shaugnessey Road Bangalore, 560 025, India Tel: 91-80-2290061 Fax: 91-80-2290062 Korea Microchip Technology Korea 168-1, Youngbo Bldg. 3 Floor Samsung-Dong, Kangnam-Ku Seoul, Korea 135-882 Tel: 82-2-554-7200 Fax: 82-2-558-5934 Singapore Microchip Technology Singapore Pte Ltd. 200 Middle Road #07-02 Prime Centre Singapore, 188980 Tel: 65-334-8870 Fax: 65-334-8850 Taiwan Microchip Technology Taiwan 11F-3, No. 207 Tung Hua North Road Taipei, 105, Taiwan Tel: 886-2-2717-7175 Fax: 886-2-2545-0139 EUROPE Denmark Microchip Technology Nordic ApS Regus Business Centre Lautrup hoj 1-3 Ballerup DK-2750 Denmark Tel: 45 4420 9895 Fax: 45 4420 9910 France Microchip Technology SARL Parc d’Activite du Moulin de Massy 43 Rue du Saule Trapu Batiment A - ler Etage 91300 Massy, France Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20 Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79 Germany Microchip Technology GmbH Gustav-Heinemann Ring 125 D-81739 Munich, Germany Tel: 49-89-627-144 0 Fax: 49-89-627-144-44 Italy Microchip Technology SRL Centro Direzionale Colleoni Palazzo Taurus 1 V. Le Colleoni 1 20041 Agrate Brianza Milan, Italy Tel: 39-039-65791-1 Fax: 39-039-6899883 United Kingdom Arizona Microchip Technology Ltd. 505 Eskdale Road Winnersh Triangle Wokingham Berkshire, England RG41 5TU Tel: 44 118 921 5869 Fax: 44-118 921-5820 01/18/02 DS30325B-page 172 2002 Microchip Technology Inc.